Document number:
Document issue:
Document status:
Date:
Author:
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Philippe DELMAS
External document
UNCONTROLLED COPY: The master of this document is stored on an electronic database and is write protected; it
may be altered only by authorized persons. While copies may be printed, it is not recommended. Viewing of the master
electronically ensures access to the current issue. Any hardcopies taken must be regarded as uncontrolled copies.
ALCATEL-LUCENT CONFIDENTIAL: The information contained in this document is the property of Alcatel-Lucent.
Except as expressly authorized in writing by Alcatel-Lucent, the holder shall keep all information contained herein
confidential, shall disclose the information only to its employees with a need to know, and shall protect the information
from disclosure and dissemination to third parties. Except as expressly authorized in writing by Alcatel-Lucent, the
holder is granted no rights to use the information contained herein. If you have received this document in error, please
notify the sender and destroy it immediately..
PUBLICATION HISTORY
External
Edition
UMTS
Release:
Date
ReasonsForChange
9.1
UA7-1-2
20/09/10
8.3
UA7-1-1
06/07/10
Standard Version
3.4.7: Modification: PDR/only revertive mode supported.
3.2.3.3: Add qos1 qosDt and qosBp values.
8.2
8.1
30/03/10
02/03/10
8.0
11/12/09
01/11/09
21/07/09
OLS added
3.7.7 ICMP HeartBeat: upd failure detection time.
3.6.2.2.2.1: add the qos mapping table for the 16pOC3 MS3 FP
7.2
11/06/09
7.1
26/01/09
3.6.2.1.3: add the qos mapping table for the 16pOC3 PQC FP.
Standard
3.6.2.2.3: upd, 16pOC3 MS3 FP ECMP.
3.6.10.5.1: upd, asym traffic with 1 bwPool.
7-3
UA6
7-0
02/12/08
26/08/08
- Preliminary Edition.
- CM: qosDiscardThreshold formula update,
26/06/08
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 3/240
6-1
06/09/07
6-0
18/07/07
10/07/07
22/01/07
10/01/07
6-2
5-0
5-1
5-0
42-2
4-2
10/11/06
01/11/06
FRS29840: Hsupa
FRS30782: 16pOC3 MS3 FP
FRS27083: Rnc aal2Cac enhancement,
FRSxxxxx: Introduction of the atm micro NodeB,
FRS27943: NodeB IMA HoldingPriority,
FRS32602: FallBack to DCH, if hsdpa CAC rejection
29/05/06
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 4/240
CONTENTS
1
INTRODUCTION..........................................................................................................................11
OBJECT ..................................................................................................................................11
SCOPE OF THIS DOCUMENT .....................................................................................................11
AUDIENCE FOR THIS DOCUMENT ..............................................................................................11
2
RELATED DOCUMENTS ............................................................................................................12
3
IUB TRANSPORT NETWORK LAYER, DESCRIPTION ............................................................14
3.1
IUB TOPOLOGY .......................................................................................................................16
3.1.1
ATM Backbone:.............................................................................................................17
3.1.2
Atm ring on Iub ..............................................................................................................17
3.1.3
SDH ring........................................................................................................................18
3.1.4
Hybrid Iub ......................................................................................................................19
3.1.5
Native IP Iub..................................................................................................................20
3.2
RNC......................................................................................................................................21
3.2.1
Transport admission Control .........................................................................................21
3.2.2
TransportMap ................................................................................................................34
3.2.3
Congestion Management a.k.a rate Control .................................................................42
3.2.4
NodeB discrimination ....................................................................................................50
3.2.5
Utran Sharing ................................................................................................................51
3.2.6
OLS ...............................................................................................................................52
3.3
RNC ATM .............................................................................................................................53
3.3.1
ASIC ..............................................................................................................................53
3.3.2
FP..................................................................................................................................54
3.3.3
RNC capacity ................................................................................................................71
3.3.4
Transmission .................................................................................................................72
3.3.5
ATM interface Type .......................................................................................................83
3.3.6
atm CAC........................................................................................................................83
3.3.7
OverSubscription...........................................................................................................84
3.3.8
ATM OAM......................................................................................................................84
3.3.9
VPC, VPT ......................................................................................................................92
3.3.10 Traffic Management ......................................................................................................96
3.3.11 PNNI............................................................................................................................101
3.3.12 InverseARP .................................................................................................................104
3.3.13 Aal2 Components:.......................................................................................................107
3.3.14 Aal2 QOS ....................................................................................................................114
3.3.15 aal5 connections .........................................................................................................115
3.3.16 QOS ............................................................................................................................116
3.3.18 Alcap ...........................................................................................................................123
3.4
RNC IP................................................................................................................................126
3.4.1
FP................................................................................................................................126
3.4.2
IP hosts Utran..............................................................................................................136
3.4.3
IP Components............................................................................................................137
3.4.4
IP hosts Utran..............................................................................................................144
3.4.5
UDP port......................................................................................................................145
3.4.6
LocalMedia ..................................................................................................................146
3.4.7
Virtual Router RNC composition .................................................................................148
3.4.8
PDR.............................................................................................................................152
3.4.9
ICMP HeartBeat ..........................................................................................................155
3.4.10 QOS ............................................................................................................................157
3.4.11 Routing: .......................................................................................................................159
3.4.12 SIGTRAN/SCTP..........................................................................................................159
3.4.13 per UMTS Planes ........................................................................................................161
3.5
NODE B ATM (IBTS) ............................................................................................................163
3.5.1
Cards...........................................................................................................................163
3.5.2
PDH Layer:..................................................................................................................165
3.5.3
Synchronisation...........................................................................................................165
1.1
1.2
1.3
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 5/240
3.5.4
ATM Connections:.......................................................................................................166
3.5.5
Atm CAC .....................................................................................................................166
3.5.6
ATM OAM....................................................................................................................167
3.5.7
MultiPCM.....................................................................................................................167
3.5.8
Fractional E1/T1 ..........................................................................................................168
3.5.9
IMA ..............................................................................................................................172
3.5.10 Mix of N * E1 xPCM and p E1 IMA..............................................................................178
3.5.11 QOS ............................................................................................................................179
3.5.12 Traffic Management ....................................................................................................181
3.5.13 Hspa CAC ...................................................................................................................182
3.5.14 Alcap ...........................................................................................................................183
3.5.15 Oam, IP over Atm........................................................................................................183
3.6
NODE B IP & HYBRID (IBTS).................................................................................................184
3.6.1
NodeB Iub connectivity ...............................................................................................184
3.6.2
Ethernet.......................................................................................................................185
3.6.3
IP .................................................................................................................................188
3.6.4
UDP & TCP & SCTP ports: .........................................................................................193
3.6.5
Synchronisation...........................................................................................................194
3.6.6
SIGTRAN/Sctp ............................................................................................................197
3.6.7
DHCP ..........................................................................................................................198
3.8
MICRO NODEB ATM (BTS 1120) ...........................................................................................198
3.8.1
Transmission: ..............................................................................................................198
3.8.2
Atm: .............................................................................................................................199
3.8.3
Aal2 .............................................................................................................................201
3.8.4
SAAL: ..........................................................................................................................202
3.8.5
IP: ................................................................................................................................202
3.8.6
UMTS traffic flows: ......................................................................................................203
3.9
PICO NODEB ATM (BTS 1010) ...............................................................................................204
3.9.1
Transmission: ..............................................................................................................204
3.9.2
Atm: .............................................................................................................................204
3.9.3
Aal2: ............................................................................................................................205
3.9.4
IP: ................................................................................................................................206
3.9.5
UMTS traffic flows: ......................................................................................................206
3.10
7670....................................................................................................................................206
4
UMTS RELEASES.....................................................................................................................209
4.1
RNC....................................................................................................................................209
4.1.1
FP................................................................................................................................209
4.1.2
RNC Types:.................................................................................................................210
4.1.3
RNC capacity: .............................................................................................................210
4.1.4
Iuxif / IubIf / aal2If:.......................................................................................................211
4.1.5
Pathid: .........................................................................................................................211
4.1.6
Aal2 Path assignment to PMC-PC ..............................................................................211
4.1.7
AAL2 Link CAC: ..........................................................................................................211
4.1.8
aal2CongestionManagement ......................................................................................212
4.1.9
Icn VCC .......................................................................................................................212
4.1.10 TMU.............................................................................................................................212
4.1.11 QOS ............................................................................................................................213
4.2
NODEB ATM ........................................................................................................................213
4.2.1
CCM related: ...............................................................................................................213
4.2.2
CEM related: ...............................................................................................................213
4.2.3
MultiPCM:....................................................................................................................214
4.2.4
IMA: .............................................................................................................................214
4.2.5
n E1 xPCM + p E1 IMA: ..............................................................................................215
4.2.6
AAL1 CES ...................................................................................................................215
4.2.7
QOS ............................................................................................................................215
4.2.8
Traffic Management ....................................................................................................216
4.3
NODEB IP ............................................................................................................................217
4.4
MICRO NODEB .....................................................................................................................218
4.5
PICO NODEB ........................................................................................................................218
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 6/240
4.6
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 7/240
1 INTRODUCTION
1.1
OBJECT
This document intends to describe the Transport layers on the Iub interface.
It also provides:
- Engineering rules inserted in a red square,
- Configuration of UMTS Node Transport interfaces,
- Traffic parameters over Iub interface.
1.2
UA 4-1
UA 5-0
PCR6-1
UA 5-1
PCR7-2
OAM Release:
Oam4.2
Oam5.0
Oam5.0
UA6
UA7-0
PCR8-2
UA7-1
Oam7-0
Oam7-1
1.3
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 8/240
2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 9/240
[
[
[
[[
[[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
1
2
3
456
798
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
]
]
]
]]
]]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
UMT/IRC/APP/011674
UMT/IRC/APP/12509
Iub TEG
Iu TEG
Iur TEG
Addressing TEG
3GPP TS 25 430
3GPP TS 25 442
3GPP TS 34 108
3GPP TS 25.410
3GPP TS 25. 412
3GPP TS 25. 414
3GPP TS 29.060
3GPP TS 25 420 v3.5.0
3GPP TS 25.422 v3.6.0
3GPP TS 23.236 v5.4.0
3GPP TS 25.425 v3.6.0
3GPP TS 25.309 Rel6
G702
G703
G707
G804
G700 to 706
Q711 to Q 714
G832
G783
G841
G775
I361
I610
I363-1
I363-2
I363-5
I732
I761
I762
Q2210
Q2931
Q2630.1
Q2630.2
E191
X213
Q2941.2
Q1970 and 1990
Q.1950
Q.765.5
Q.2150.1
G711
atmf 0055.000
af-phy-0086.000
af-phy-0086.001
af-phy-0130.00
af-ra-0105.000
af-tm-0121.000
af-vtoa-0078.000
af-cs-0173.000
af-vtoa-0113.000
RFC 1541
RFC 2225
RFC 1629
RFC1293
RFC826
RFC1485
RFC1483
RFC2991
RFC 3331
RFC 3332
RFC 2960
RFC 3309
DHCP
IP & ARP over ATM
Guideline for OSI NSAP allocation in internet
InverseARP
ARP
IP over ATM
IP over AAL5
ECMP
SS7 MTP2 User Adaptation (M2UA) Layer
SS7 MTP3 User Adaptation (M3UA) Layer
SCTP, Stream Control
Transmission Protocol
ALU confidential
SCTP, Stream Control Transmission Protocol
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 10/240
[
[
[[
[
[
[
[
[
[[
[
[
[[
[[
[[
[
[[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
[
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
]
]
]]
]
]
]
]
]
]]
]
]
]]
]
]]
]
]]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
]
GR253
GR2878
241-5701-705
241-5701-706
241-5701-707
241-5701-708
241-5701-702
UMT/IRC/APP/007147
UMT/IRC/APP/7146
PEI NodeB
PEI RNC
UMT/DCL/DD/0020
UPUG
3GPP TS 23.002
3GPP TS 23.221
3GPP TS 23.205
3GPP TS 29.205
3GPP TS 29.232
3GPP 29.414
3GPP 29.415
3GPP 29.232
R4 Network Architecture
Architectural Requirements
BICN; Stage 2
Application of Q.1900 Series to BICN Architecture; Stage 3
MGC, MG Interface, Stage 3, Release 4
CN Nb Data Transport and Transport Signaling
CN Nb interface User Plane Protocols
TFO package
[ R 150 ]
[ R 151 ]
FRS 25647
FRS 33767
aal2LinkCac evolution
Iub over protected atm ring
[ R 160 ]
[ R 161 ]
UMT_SYS_DD_023235
UMT/Sys/DD/023092
UA6_Bandwidth_Pools_FN
Hybrid Iub FN
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 11/240
RNL
OAM
OAM appl
appl
NBAP
NBAP
FP
FP
FP
FP
Q2630.2
Q2630.2
TCP
TCP
TNL
Q2150.2
Q2150.2
IP
IP
SSCF-UNI
SSCF-UNI
LLC/SNAP
LLC/SNAP
SSCOP
SSCOP
AAL5
AAL5
UDP
UDP
AAL2
AAL2
ATM
ATM
OAM
umts CP
IP
IP
Ethernet
Ethernet
Transport CP
UP
UP
(Hspa I/B)
Iub TEG
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 12/240
RNL:
OAM
CP
UP
Synchro
oam
oam
NBAP
NBAP
FP
FP
PTP
PTP
TCP
TCP
SCTP
SCTP
TNL:
UDP
UDP
IP
IP
Ethernet
Ethernet
Iub TEG
3.1
IUB TOPOLOGY
Different topologies apply to the Iub interface according to:
- The RNC type: ATM RNC, Hybrid RNC or IP RNC,
- Backbone type (atm, aal2, sdh, ip, ethernet)
Below are presented some examples of network topologies on the Iub interface:
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 13/240
3.1.1
ATM BACKBONE:
Iub
NodeB
E1
E1
NodeB
BTS
TDM E1
BSC
BSC
NodeB
TDM E1
NodeB
IMA
N*E1
7670
7670 ESE
ESE
NodeB
7670
7670 ESE
ESE
N*E1
oc3/stm1
RNC
RNC
N*E1
NodeB
N*E1
NodeB
7670
7670 ESE
ESE
N*oc3/stm1
NodeB
NodeB
NodeB
IMA
N*E1
IMA
N*E1
7670
7670 ESE
ESE
ATM
ATM
Backbone
Backbone
N*E1
NodeB
NodeB
3.1.2
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 14/240
Src
Pnni sPvc
PVC
nodeB1
nodeB1
atmSwitch
atmSwitch
IMA
E1
Src
E1
Dst
AESA
IMA
ADM
ADM
nodeB2
nodeB2
atmSwitch
atmSwitch
Atm loop
E1
IMA
nodeB3
nodeB3
E1
IMA
Src
atmSwitch
atmSwitch
Stm1
ADM
ADM
vc12
ADM
Stm1
ADM
Vc4
Vc12
7670
7670
RSP
RSP
RNC
RNC
Stm1
Vc4
Pnni sPvc,
alternative path
3.1.3
SDH RING
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 15/240
IMA /1
nodeB
nodeB
nodeB
nodeB
nodeB
nodeB
nodeB
nodeB
nodeB
nodeB
IMA /2
N * E1
Stm1
Vc4/Vc12
Sdh
Sdh
CC
CC
Stm1
63 vc12
Stm1
Vc4/Vc12
7670
7670
ESE
ESE
ADM
ADM
Stm1/oc3
Vc4
Stm1/oc3
Vc4/Vc12
ADM
ADM
RNC
RNC
7670
7670
RSP
RSP
RNC
RNC
Stm1/oc3
Vc4
N * E1
ADM
ADM
N * E1
7670
7670
ESE
ESE
Stm1
Vc4/Vc12
3.1.4
HYBRID IUB
The RNC is connected to an atm backhaul and to either IP or Ethernet backhaul.
Only Hspa interactive and background traffic may be transmitted through the RNC IP interface.
On the RNC ATM interface are transmitted: Signaling, oam, R99, Hspa streaming and as an option Hspa
I/B traffic.
On the NodeB side, the ATM traffic is handling either on multiPcm or IMA.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 16/240
R99 traffic,
Signaling,
Oam
Hspa stream.
Hspa I/B (opt)
RNC
RNC
CS
CS core
core
RNC
RNC
OC3
OC3
ATM
ATM
Backbone
Backbone
OC3
OC3
OC3
OC3
ATM
ATM
Backbone
Backbone
SGSN
SGSN
OC3
OC3
NodeB
NodeB
GE
GE GE
GE
SGSN
SGSN
IP
IPBackHaul
BackHaul
Hspa I/B
ATM
ATM
Backbone
Backbone
SGw
SGw
SGSN
SGSN
TEG
3.1.5
NATIVE IP IUB
Both the Iub controlPlane and userPlane use the services from IP.
On the RNC side the Iub traffic is transmitted over one port from the 4pGE FP.
On the NodeB side the traffic is transmitted over a fastEthernet link or over a gigaEthernet link .
The nativeIP nodeB are reachable from the RNC through either an IP backbone or Ethernet backbone. In
case of ethernet backbone on the Iub, at least one IP router is present in the backbone to satisfy PDR.
Beside the RNC is able to support hybrid and atm nodeB if populated with 16 pOC3 FP together with the
4pGE FP:
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 17/240
SGSN
SGSN
NodeB
NodeB
MGC
MGC
MGw
MGw
ATM
ATMBackbone
Backbone
NodeB
NodeB
MGw
MGw
utran over ATM
OC3
OC3
RNC
RNC
OC3
OC3
NodeB
NodeB
cc
RNC
RNC
NodeB
NodeB
GE
GE GE
GE
SGSN
SGSN
utran over IP
MGC
MGC
MGw
MGw
router
router router
router
NodeB
NodeB
IP/Ethernet
IP/EthernetBackBone
BackBone
NodeB
NodeB
MGw
MGw
Iub
IuCS, Iur & IuPS
RNC
RNC
TEG
Figure 3-7,Utran over atm or IP
3.2
RNC
This section is related to the RNC transport features applying to both the RNC atm and ip interfaces (atm
RNC, hybrid RNC and ip RNC).
The atm RNC is populated with two 16pOC3/Stm1 FP. The RNC provides atm accesses to all the utran
interfaces.
The hybrid RNC is populated with both the 16pOC3/Stm1 FP and the 4pGE FP. The hybrid RNC
provides:
- ATM interface for the Iub R99 UP, CP, oam, Streaming over hs-dsch, Streaming over e-dch
and as an option hspa traffic I/B flows and
- IP interface for the Iub hspa I/B traffic flows as an option,
- ATM interface for the IuCS, Iur and as an option IuPS interfaces,
- IP interface for the IuPS interface as an option.
The IP RNC is populated with two 4pGE FP. The RNC provides IP interfaces to all the utran interfaces.
3.2.1
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 18/240
admissionControl
- Iux: iubif, iurif or iucsif
TransportMap
admCtrl, bwPool selection
TEG
Figure 3-8 admissionControl, EBR configuration
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 19/240
DlRbSetConf:
cacTransportInfoList[MAX_NB_REF_AMR_BIT_RATE=8]
cacTransportInfoList(i ). iubFpEquivalentBitRate
cacTransportInfoList(i ). iubFpMaxBitRate
cacTransportInfoList(i ).
cacTransportInfoList(i ).
iurFpEquivalentBitRate
iurFpMaxBitRate
cacTransportInfoList(i ).
cacTransportInfoList(i ).
iuFpEquivalentBitRate
iuFpMaxBitRate
cacTransportInfoList(i ).
cacTransportInfoList(i ).
cacTransportInfoList(i ).
iubIurTransportQosId
iuTransportQosId
cacTransportInfoInstanceCharacteristic
Integer [0..3]
[0..3] step 1
enum {AMR_12_2, AMR_10_2, AMR_7_95, AMR_7_4,
AMR_6_7, AMR_5_9, AMR_5_15, AMR_4_75,
interactive THP=0, interactive THP=1,
interactive THP=2, interactive unspecifiedTHP,
backGround, SRB_ON_HS_DSCH, SRB_ON_DCH, UnSpecified }
UlRbSetConf:
cacTransportInfoList[MAX_NB_REF_AMR_BIT_RATE=8]
cacTransportInfoList(i ). iubFpEquivalentBitRate
cacTransportInfoList(i ). iubFpMaxBitRate
cacTransportInfoList(i ).
cacTransportInfoList(i ).
iurFpEquivalentBitRate
iurFpMaxBitRate
cacTransportInfoList(i ).
cacTransportInfoList(i ).
iuFpEquivalentBitRate
iuFpMaxBitRate
cacTransportInfoList(i ).
cacTransportInfoList(i ).
cacTransportInfoList(i ).
iubIurTransportQosId
iuTransportQosId
cacTransportInfoInstanceCharacteristic
Integer [0..3]
[0..3] step 1
enum {AMR_12_2, AMR_10_2, AMR_7_95, AMR_7_4,
AMR_6_7, AMR_5_9, AMR_5_15, AMR_4_75,
interactive THP=0, interactive THP=1,
interactive THP=2, interactive unspecifiedTHP,
backGround, SRB_ON_HS_DSCH, SRB_ON_DCH, UnSpecified }
FACH (Nodeb.FDDCell.SCCPCH.FACH)
cacTransportInfo.
dlCacTransportInfo.fpEquivalentBitRate
cacTransportInfo.
dlCacTransportInfo.fpMaxBitRate
cacTransportInfo.
ulCacTransportInfo.fpEquivalentBitRate
cacTransportInfo.
ulCacTransportInfo.fpMaxBitRate
PCH (Nodeb.FDDCell.SCCPCH.PCH)
cacTransportInfo.
dlCacTransportInfo.fpEquivalentBitRate
cacTransportInfo.
dlCacTransportInfo.fpMaxBitRate
cacTransportInfo.
ulCacTransportInfo.fpEquivalentBitRate
cacTransportInfo.
ulCacTransportInfo.fpMaxBitRate
RACH (Nodeb.FDDCell.RACH)
cacTransportInfo.
dlCacTransportInfo.fpEquivalentBitRate
cacTransportInfo.
dlCacTransportInfo.fpMaxBitRate
cacTransportInfo.
ulCacTransportInfo.fpEquivalentBitRate
cacTransportInfo.
ulCacTransportInfo.fpMaxBitRate
[0..16777216],
[0..16777216],
[0..16777216],
[0..16777216],
[0..16777216],
[0..16777216],
[0..16777216],
[0..16777216],
[0..16777216],
[0..16777216],
[0..16777216],
[0..16777216],
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 20/240
The Operator ensures the consistency of the configured EBR value based on his desired allocation
strategy.
ipIf i
cacm
BwPool/x
BwPool/y
qosnBwReservation
qos 0
path
path
qos 1
path
path
qos 2
path
path
qos 3
path
path
iubIf 1
SignalingBearer
userPlane
aal2LinkToaal2if: aal2If i
ipLinkToIpif: ipIf i
BwPool/y
qosnBwReservation
qos 3
path
path
qosnBwReservation
IP Flow, qos3
congestionManagement i
transportMap j
congestionManagement n
transportMap m
congestionManagement x
transportMap y
TEG
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 21/240
- qosnBwReservation:
The qosnBwReservation parameters are either configured against the bwPool component or against
the aal2If then apply to all the bwPool under the aal2If.
The qosnBwReservation parameter value is taken into consideration by the admissionControl on both
downLink and upLink.
When setting the qosnBwReservation with a non zero value and cacm=qos, the admissionControl
takes into consideration an additional bandwidth portion available for all the qos within a bwPool. The
common for all qos bandwidth portion is taken into consideration by the admissionControl on qos i
call establishment when the qos i availableBandwith is exausted.
Rule: IubTEG_RNC_AC_4
The qosnBwReservation is applicable only if cacm=qos.
In case of atm interface, the availableBandwidth is the sum of the bandwidth of all the vcc for one
aal2Qos within a bwPool, assuming one bwPool under an aal2If then:
Per qos available bandwidth:
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 22/240
aal2If i
bwPool x
Available bw =3200 c/s
Cacm = qos
qos0BwReservation=60%
qos1BwReservation=60%
qos2BwReservation=60%
qos3BwReservation=100%
BwPool/x
qos 0
Path, ul/dl ECRgcac=1000 c/s
qos 1
Path, ul/dl ECRgcac=1000 c/s
bwPool y
Available bw =2000 c/s
qos 2
Path, ul/dl ECRgcac=1000 c/s
qos 3
Path, ul/dl ECRgcac=200 c/s
BwPool/y
qos 3
Path, ul/dl ECRgcac=2000 c/s
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 23/240
qos1BwReservation=60%
qos2BwReservation=60%
qos3BwReservation=100%
BwPool/x
qos 0 Path, ul/dl ECRgcac=1000 c/s
qos 1
qos 2
ipIf i
Cacm = qos
BwPool/y
qos3BwReservation=100%
qos 3
ipFlow, ul/dl ERgcac=10000 kb/s
TEG
bwPool y
Available bw =10000 B/s
qos 3
bwPool x
Available bw =3200 c/s
aal2If i
Cacm = qos
qos0BwReservation=60%
Rule: IubTEG_RNC_AC_5
In such a way qosnBwReservation > 0% is effective then:
- a non nul bandwidth must be assigned to the qosn ipFlow or aal2 Path.
Remark: Case of atm interface, a non nul bandwidth must be assigned to the qos3 vcc, therefore the ubr
serviceCategory must not be assigned to the qos3 vcc, preferred ubr+ (MDCR), nrtVbr...
3.2.1.3 ALGORITHM
At each radioBearer establishment, per direction, the admissionControl is invoked to determine the
preferred bwPool and to assign the resources.
The bwPool is selected by the admissionControl according to the algorithm:
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 24/240
Within ipIf and aal2If, identification of all the bwPools set with:
OutPut:
selected bwPools
Bw check:
- If cacm = aal2If / ipIf, check that bwPool ul/dl AR > ul/dl EBR,
ii
- If cacm = qos, check that bwPool qosi ul/dl AR > ul/dl EBR.
- TM identification: Identification of the TM linked to the selected bwPools.
- bwPool selection: select a bwPool :
Linked to TM with TSE matching the input (TC, THP, ARP-PL, rbSetQos, rbType (optional)).
iii
iv
TEG
Figure 3-12, admissionControl, bwPool selection
When selecting the bwPool, the admissionControl takes into consideration:
The PLMN Id configured against the bwPool (utranSharing case),
The cacm option,
The ulDlPreference configured against the TSE within the transportMap (asymmetrical
traffic handling case),
The available bandwidth.
Remark: the admissionControl doesnt take into account the Preference attribute within the
transportMap.
BwPool selection ulDlPreference involvement (case of asymmetrical traffic handling):
The admissionControl takes into consideration the optional received rbType EI and the
ulDlPreference attribute within the transportMap:
If rbType = HS-Dsch:
The tse set with dlPref and ulDlPref are more preferred,
The tse set with noPref and ulPref are LessPreferred,
If rbType = E-Dch:
The tse set with ulPref and ulDlPref are more preferred,
The tse set with noPref and dlPref are LessPreferred,
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 25/240
rBType = hsDpa
First choice
Second choice
rBType = hsUpa
First choice
Second choice
ulDlPreference:
Comment:
dlPref
ulDlPref
If no dlPref configured.
ulPref
ulDlPreference:
Comment:
ulPref
ulDlPref
If no ulPref configured.
dlPref
3.2.1.4 TRAFFICMEASUREMENT
NT_UL_Watermark_EBR_Aal2If
- Type: cumulative,
- Granularity: qos,
- Definition:
Watermark of allocated uplink EBR during the CAC (reported by TRM) expressed in percentage
of the total bandwidth pool capacity.
The purpose is to look for a trend. For example if the High watermark is consistently very high,
obs period after the period, it means that this one BW pool gets selected very often.
NT_UL_WaterMark_EBR_IpIf
- Type: cumulative,
- Granularity: qos,
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 26/240
Definition:
Watermark of allocated uplink EBR during the CAC (reported by TRM) expressed in percentage
of the total bandwidth pool capacity.
The purpose is to look for a trend. For example if the High watermark is consistently very high,
obs period after the period, it means that this one BW pool gets selected very often.
NT_DL_Watermark_EBR_Aal2If
- Type: cumulative,
- Granularity: qos,
- Definition:
Watermark of allocated uplink EBR during the CAC (reported by TRM) expressed in percentage
of the total bandwidth pool capacity.
The purpose is to look for a trend. For example if the High watermark is consistently very high,
obs period after the period, it means that this one BW pool gets selected very often.
NT_DL_WaterMark_EBR_IpIf
- Type: cumulative,
- Granularity: qos,
- Definition:
Watermark of allocated uplink EBR during the CAC (reported by TRM) expressed in percentage
of the total bandwidth pool capacity.
The purpose is to look for a trend. For example if the High watermark is consistently very high,
obs period after the period, it means that this one BW pool gets selected very often.
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 27/240
RNC provisioning
Vcc
#
Radio
Type
QoS
BW
ATM SC
Reserv
DCH
rtVBR
DCH
nrtVBR
HSUPA
DCH
100%
nrtVBR
nrtVBR
RNC ATM tx
PCR
SCR
4490
900
4490 1999
1
4490 4063
1499
30
2766
30
4266
Backhaul
RNC ATM rx
ECR per
HP
4266
4267
PCR
SCR
4490
900
1499
4490 1999
30
2766
4490 4062
40
4265
4266
4266
xDSL
SDSL
SDSL
SDSL
SDSL
NodeB
HP
1
2
HSDPA
100%
UBR+
4490
4266
4266
4266
ADSL
HSDPA
100%
UBR+
4490
4266
4266
4266
ADSL
HSDPA
100%
UBR+
4490
4266
4266
4266
ADSL
Qos
PCR
UBR1
8980
UBR
8980
UBR+3
8980
UBR
8980
SCR
227
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 28/240
TransportMap x
interfaceType: Iub,
preference: sharedForAllTrafficTypes
BwPool/x
qosxbwReserv = 0%
qos3bwReserv = 100%
qos x
path
qos 3
3 hsDpa path
1 hsUpa path
atm
atm
atm
atm
adsl
IMA 5 E1
RNC
RNC
NodeB
NodeB
Stm1
TEG
Figure 3-14 1 IMA, 1 bwPool and asymmetrical traffic
Remarks:
- As long as one single bwPool handling the qos3 traffic, it is not necessary to set the
transportMap/Tse/ulDlPref parameter.
- 95% of each nodeB E1 is reserved for the userPlane traffic. 5% of each nodeB E1 remains
available for the controlPlane.
- Hsupa serviceCategory set either with ubr+ or nrtVbr.
Both ubr+ and nrtVbr allow reserving bw for the Hsupa vcc at the admissionControl and
congestionManagement level.
- The nrtvbr / TDT= 6 not accept 0 /0 /0, reason why set with 1/1/1.
Expected behaviour:
hsDpa traffic:
The hs-dsch traffic is assigned to a qos3 vcc within the sharedForAllTrafficTypes
bwPool x.
Within the bwPool x, a qos3 vcc with the most available downLink bandwidth is
selected.
The hs-dsch leg is accepted if the bwPool x available bandwidth is higher than the hsdsch overhead*iubFpEquivalentBitRate.
hsUpa traffic:
The e-dch traffic is assigned to a qos3 vcc within the sharedForAllTrafficTypes
bwPool x.
Within the bwPool x, a qos3 vcc with the most available upLink bandwidth is
selected.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 29/240
The e-dch leg is accepted if the bwPool x available bandwidth is higher than the e-dch
overhead*iubFpEquivalentBitRate.
TransportMap x
BwPool x
qos 3
4 hsDpa path
BwPool y
qos 3
1 path
qos 2
1 path
qos 1
1 path
qos 0
1 path
preference: primaryForTrafficType
tse i: I/B, rbSetQos2, , ulDlPref = dlPref => qos3
UBR+, rx&tx tdt=9, rxTD= 4490-0-4490-0, txTD= 4490-0-4490-0
TransportMap y
leasedLines
preference: sharedForAllTrafficTypes
tse: Conv, rbSetQos0, => qos0
tse: Str, rbSetQos1&2, => qos1
tse: I/B, rbSetQos1, => qos2
tse: I/B, rbSetQos2, , ulDlPref = ulDlPref => qos3
qos0, 1, 2 , 3 vcc
BwPool y
aal2If i
4 qos3 vcc
BwPool x
Stm1
IMA 4 E1
ADSL
ADSL
Eth
RNC
RNC
NodeB
NodeB
E1
1 qos3 vcc
1 qos2 vcc
1 qos1 vcc
1 qos0 vcc
qos 3 vcc
TEG
Expected behaviour:
HsDpa traffic:
The traffic hs-dsch is spead over the qos3 vcc from the primaryForTrafficType
bwPool x AND the sharedForAllTrafficTypes bwPool y, according to the available
downLink bandwidth.
The hs-dsch leg is accepted if the selected bwPool available bandwidth is higher than
the hs-dsch overhead*iubFpEquivalentBitRate.
HsUpa traffic:
The traffic e-dch is assigned first to a qos3 vcc within the sharedForAllTrafficType
bwPool y.
The bwPool y is composed of the bw from qos1 and qos2 vcc.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 30/240
In case of bandwidth exhaustion within the bwPool y, the e-dch traffic is assigned as a
second choice to the primaryForTrafficType bwPool x.
The e-dch leg is accepted if the bwPool x available bandwidth is higher than the e-dch
overhead*iubFpEquivalentBitRate.
3.2.2
TRANSPORTMAP
The TransportMap realizes Classification for atm and ip interfaces and moreover Marking for the ip
interface:
- Classification:
- Up to 4 umts streams are supported called: qos0, qos1, qos2 and qos3,
- The classification is achieved based on the Umts qos information: trafficClass, RbSetQos,
ARP-PL, THP,
The congestionManagement applies per qos stream.
- Marking:
- A DSCP value is assigned per umts stream identified by the umts qos information:
trafficClass, RbSetQos, ARP-PL, THP.
The transportMap is the way to configure the umts to Transport qos mapping table on the RNC Iub, Iur
and IuCS over ip interfaces. The transportMap doesnt apply on the RNC IuPS interface.
Several transportMap tables may be configured within the RNC.
Rule: IubTEG_RNC-TMap_1
The RNC may be configured with up to 64 transportMap components.
A transportMap is linked either to an ipIf bwPool, an aal2if bwPool or an aal2If (as long as no bwPool
configured under the aal2if, case of IucsIf or IurIf). One TransportMap may be shared between several
instances of ipIf bwPool, aal2If bwPool and aal2If, may also be shared between different utran interfaces.
Remark: No transportMap linked to ipFlow, aal2Path or iuPS components.
Rule: IubTEG_RNC-TMap_2
Each BwPool (or Aal2If if no BwPool declared) must be linked to exactly one TransportMap.
A transportMap is configured with the following parameters:
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 31/240
RNCIN
TransportMap i
interfaceType:
Iub, Iur, IuCS, ( not iuPS)
preference:
sharedForAllTrafficTypes, or
primaryForTrafficType(only Iub case).
transportServiceEntry 1:
[TC, RbSetQos, ARP PL, Thp] => qos i
ulDlPreference.
transportServiceEntry n:
[TC, RbSetQos, ARP PL, Thp] => qos i
ulDlPreference.
TEG
Figure 3-16, transportMap parameters
- InterfaceType:
Values: [Iub, iuCs, Iur, (not iuPS)]
One transportMap may be configured with different interfaceType values, in other
words a transportMap may be allocated to different Utran interfaces.
- Preference:
Values: [sharedForAllTrafficTypes, primaryForTrafficType]
The setting of the Preference parameter determines the nature of the bwPool the
transportMap is connected to.
The Preference parameter is not taken into consideration by the admissionControl
when selecting a bwPool.
The sharedForAllTrafficTypes preference can be assigned only to an atm bwPool.
The primaryForTrafficType preference can be assigned to both atm bwPool and IP
bwPool.
Rule: IubTEG_RNC_TMap_3
The interfaceType and Preference are mandatory parameters within the transportMap.
Rule: IubTEG_RNC_ TMap _4
The primaryForTrafficType Preference value is available only on the Iub interface.
- Transport serviceEntry:
- Inputs: TC, rbSetQos, ARP-PL, THP.
Each input may be set with a specific value or with the ignore value when the input
parameter doesnt apply to the UMTS flow.
- Output:
qos i: with i in the range [0, 1, 2, 3], one associated transport qos value
involved in both the atm and ip interfaces,
The DSCP value is not taken into consideration on the ATM interface.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 32/240
INPUT values
TC
rbSetQos
ARP-PL
THP
OUTPUT Values
UlDlPreference
DSCP
Qos i
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 33/240
RNCIN
RNCIN
IubIf
TransportMap 1
aal2If i
Preference: sharedForAllTrafficTypes
qos/i Paths
qos/j, Paths
TransportMap 2
interfaceType: Iub
BwPool/y
Preference: primaryForTrafficType
Qos/k, Paths
IucsIf
Congestionmanagement i
aal2If i
qosBackPressureThreshold (qosBPt) 0 0 1 x 2 y 3 z
Qos/i, path/m
qosDiscardThreshold, qosDt 0 0 1 x 2 y 3 z
Congestionmanagement j
IurIf
qosBackPressureThreshold (qosBPt) 0 0 1 x 2 y 3 z
aal2If i
qosDiscardThreshold, qosDt 0 0 1 x 2 y 3 z
Qos/i, paths
Qos/j, paths
TEG
Figure 3-17, transportMap example
Description
3.2.2.1.1 - TRANSPORTMAP/1:
ApplicationContext:
- UA5 backward compatibility
- InterfaceType: Iub, IuCS and Iur,
- Hspa streaming: with hspa NOT streaming supported,
- Preference: SharedForAllTrafficTypes,
- Transport: atm, enhancedQos not activated.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 34/240
Transport MAP /1
Comments:
Tse
TC
1 Common
2 signaling
R99
"
"
IuCS
R99
"
"
Iub, Iur
R99
ARP
ignore
ignore
ignore
3 conversational
4 conversational
5 conversational
ignore
ignore
ignore
6 streaming
7 streaming
8 streaming
9 streaming
ignore
ignore
2
0
1
ignore
ignore
ignore
12 streaming
13 streaming
14 streaming
15 interactive
ignore
ignore
ignore
0
16 interactive
17 interactive
10 streaming
11 streaming
"
"
Iub, Iur
Hspa
"
"
Iub, Iur
R99
"
"
18 interactive
19 interactive
20 interactive
"
"
"
"
"
"
Iub, Iur
Hspa
21 interactive
22 interactive
23 interactive
24 interactive
25 interactive
26 interactive
"
"
27 interactive
28 interactive
29 interactive
"
"
"
R99
30 interactive
31 interactive
32 interactive
33 background
Hspa
34 background
35 background
36 background
"
"
"
Iub, Iur R99
"
"
Iub, Iur
37 background
38 background
"
"
THP
ignore
ignore
rbsetQos
0
0
0
qos
0
0
0
0
1
noPreference
EF
noPreference
EF
noPreference
EF
noPreference
EF
nopreference
EF
nopreference
EF
AF41
nopreference
noPreference
AF42
noPreference
AF43
noPreference
AF41
noPreference
AF42
noPreference
AF43
AF31
noPreference
noPreference
noPreference
AF21
noPreference
AF32
noPreference
AF22
noPreference
AF22
noPreference
AF33
noPreference
AF22
noPreference
AF22
AF11
noPreference
noPreference
AF11
noPreference
AF11
noPreference
AF12
noPreference
AF12
noPreference
AF12
noPreference
AF13
noPreference
AF13
noPreference
AF13
AF23
noPreference
noPreference
EF
AF21
2
1
uldlpreference
noPreference
2
0
0
DSCP
EF
2
ignore
ignore
2
0
1
ignore
ignore
ignore
ignore
AF23
noPreference
AF23
DE
noPreference
noPreference
DE
noPreference
DE
noPreference
3.2.2.1.2 - TRANSPORTMAP/2:
ApplicationContext:
- UA5 backward compatibility,
- InterfaceType: Iub,
- Preference: PrimaryForTrafficType,
- Transport: ip or atm with only qos3 vcc.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 35/240
Transport MAP /2
Tse
TC
ARP
1 interactive
2 interactive
3 interactive
4 interactive
5 interactive
6 interactive
7 interactive
8 interactive
9 interactive
THP
rbsetQos
qos
DSCP
0
AF11
1
2
0
2
preferredForUlAndDl
AF12
2
preferredForUlAndDl
AF13
ignore
ignore
12 background
ignore
preferredForUlAndDl
preferredForUlAndDl
10 background
11 background
preferredForUlAndDl
preferredForUlAndDl
1
0
uldlpreference
preferredForUlAndDl
preferredForUlAndDl
preferredForUlAndDl
preferredForUlAndDl
DE
preferredForUlAndDl
preferredForUlAndDl
3.2.2.1.3 - TRANSPORTMAP/3:
ApplicationContext:
- InterfaceType: Iub, IuCS and Iur,
- Hspa streaming: hspa streaming supported,
- Preference: SharedForAllTrafficTypes,
- Transport: atm, enhancedQos activated.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 36/240
Transport MAP /3
Comments:
Tse
TC
1 Common
2 signaling
R99
"
"
IuCS
R99
"
"
Iub, Iur
R99
ARP
ignore
ignore
ignore
3 conversational
4 conversational
5 conversational
ignore
ignore
ignore
6 streaming
7 streaming
8 streaming
9 streaming
ignore
ignore
2
0
1
ignore
ignore
ignore
12 streaming
13 streaming
14 streaming
15 interactive
ignore
ignore
ignore
0
16 interactive
17 interactive
10 streaming
11 streaming
"
"
Iub, Iur
Hspa
"
"
Iub, Iur
R99
"
"
18 interactive
19 interactive
20 interactive
"
"
"
"
"
"
Iub, Iur
Hspa
21 interactive
22 interactive
23 interactive
24 interactive
25 interactive
26 interactive
"
"
27 interactive
28 interactive
29 interactive
"
"
"
R99
30 interactive
31 interactive
32 interactive
33 background
Hspa
34 background
35 background
36 background
"
"
"
Iub, Iur R99
"
"
Iub, Iur
37 background
38 background
"
"
THP
ignore
ignore
qos
0
0
0
noPreference
EF
noPreference
EF
noPreference
EF
nopreference
EF
nopreference
EF
AF41
nopreference
noPreference
AF42
noPreference
AF43
noPreference
AF41
noPreference
AF42
noPreference
AF43
AF31
noPreference
noPreference
noPreference
AF32
noPreference
AF22
noPreference
AF22
noPreference
AF33
noPreference
AF22
noPreference
AF22
AF11
noPreference
noPreference
AF11
noPreference
AF11
noPreference
AF12
noPreference
AF12
noPreference
AF12
noPreference
AF13
noPreference
AF13
noPreference
AF13
AF23
noPreference
noPreference
2
0
1
2
ignore
0
1
noPreference
EF
noPreference
EF
AF21
2
0
uldlpreference
noPreference
AF21
DSCP
EF
2
1
rbsetQos
0
0
ignore
2
0
1
ignore
ignore
ignore
ignore
AF23
noPreference
AF23
DE
noPreference
noPreference
DE
noPreference
DE
noPreference
3.2.2.1.4 - TRANSPORTMAP/4:
ApplicationContext:
- InterfaceType: Iub,
- Preference: PrimaryForTrafficType,
- Transport: atm, four qosx vcc.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 37/240
Transport MAP /4
Tse
TC
ARP
1 interactive
2 interactive
3 interactive
4 interactive
5 interactive
6 interactive
7 interactive
8 interactive
9 interactive
THP
rbsetQos
qos
DSCP
0
1
AF11
preferredForUlAndDl
AF12
2
1
preferredForUlAndDl
2
AF13
preferredForUlAndDl
preferredForUlAndDl
ignore
preferredForUlAndDl
10 background
11 background
ignore
12 background
ignore
preferredForUlAndDl
preferredForUlAndDl
0
2
preferredForUlAndDl
preferredForUlAndDl
0
1
uldlpreference
preferredForUlAndDl
DE
preferredForUlAndDl
preferredForUlAndDl
3.2.2.1.5 - TRANSPORTMAP/5:
ApplicationContext:
- InterfaceType: Iur & IuCS & Iub (nativeIP),
- Preference: SharedForAllTrafficTypes,
- Transport: IP.
- UA6.0 enhanced QoS activated
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 38/240
Transport MAP /5
Comments:
Tse
TC
1 Common
2 signaling
R99
"
"
IuCS
R99
"
"
Iub, Iur
R99
Hspa
"
"
Iub, Iur
R99
"
"
"
"
"
"
"
Hspa
"
"
"
ignore
6 streaming
7 streaming
8 streaming
9 streaming
ignore
ignore
2
0
1
ignore
ignore
ignore
12 streaming
13 streaming
14 streaming
15 interactive
ignore
ignore
ignore
0
16 interactive
17 interactive
21 interactive
22 interactive
23 interactive
24 interactive
R99
Hspa
34 background
35 background
36 background
"
"
"
ignore
30 interactive
31 interactive
32 interactive
33 background
"
"
27 interactive
28 interactive
29 interactive
"
Iub, Iur
ignore
25 interactive
26 interactive
"
"
Iub, Iur R99
"
18 interactive
19 interactive
20 interactive
"
Iub, Iur
ignore
3 conversational
4 conversational
5 conversational
10 streaming
11 streaming
"
"
Iub, Iur
ARP
ignore
ignore
37 background
38 background
THP
ignore
ignore
rbsetQos
0
0
0
qos
0
0
0
1
noPreference
EF
noPreference
EF
noPreference
EF
noPreference
EF
nopreference
EF
nopreference
EF
AF41
nopreference
noPreference
AF42
noPreference
AF43
noPreference
AF41
noPreference
AF42
noPreference
AF43
AF31
noPreference
noPreference
AF21
noPreference
AF21
noPreference
AF32
noPreference
AF22
noPreference
AF22
noPreference
AF33
noPreference
AF22
noPreference
AF22
AF11
noPreference
noPreference
AF11
noPreference
AF11
noPreference
AF12
noPreference
AF12
noPreference
AF12
noPreference
AF13
noPreference
AF13
noPreference
AF13
AF23
noPreference
noPreference
CS6
2
1
uldlpreference
noPreference
2
0
0
DSCP
EF
2
ignore
ignore
2
0
1
ignore
ignore
ignore
ignore
AF23
noPreference
AF23
DE
noPreference
noPreference
DE
noPreference
DE
noPreference
3.2.3
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 39/240
The RNC congestionManagement is supported on the Iub interface and the Iur interface [R3] downlink
traffic. It applies to both atm and ip interfaces.
The RNC Iub congestionManagement encompasses two regulation mechanisms:
- The qosDiscard algorithm,
- The backPressure algorithm.
Rule: IubTEG_ RNC_CM_1
It is recommended to activate both together qosDiscard and BackPressure on the Iub (atm and
ip legs).
The RNC measures for each qos stream, the real time traffic and applies to it thresholds which are based
on the configured per qos bandwidth and configured per qos parameters:
- qosDt(n), for the qosDiscard thresholds, with n=[0, 1, 2, 3],
- qosBP(n), for the backPressure thresholds, with n=[0, 1, 2, 3].
Remarks:
- qosDt(0) and qosBp(0) are set to zero therefore no regulation applies to the qos0 traffic.
- The feature 3Gpp25902 has no interaction with the congestionManagement.
Each aal2Path must be linked to an appropriated congestionManagement table either through the
aal2If or aal2If/bwPool component it belongs to.
Within a congestionManagement table is configured:
- The Activation attribute indicates which algorithm to apply to the bwpool, either:
- disable,
- qosDiscard only, or
- qosDiscard + backPressure.
- The per qos stream parameters involved in the qosDiscard thresholds,
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 40/240
RNCIN
RNCIN
aal2If i
CongestionManagement i
BwPool/x
path/i
path/j
qosBackPressureThreshold (qosBPt) 0 0 1 x 2 y 3 z
qosDiscardThreshold, qosDt 0 0 1 x 2 y 3 z
2
BwPool/y
CongestionManagement j
path/k
path/l
ipIf i
3
BwPool/u
CongestionManagement k
Activation: [qosDiscard only, qosDiscard+backPressure]
ipFlow/i
qosBackPressureThreshold (qosBPt) 0 0 1 x 2 y 3 z
ipFlow/l
qosDiscardThreshold, qosDt 0 0 1 x 2 y 3 z
TEG
Figure 3-18, congestionManagement links
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 41/240
TC
THP
minBrForR99
minBrForHsdpa
Interactive
16 kb/s
16 kb/s
Interactive
8 kb/s
8 kb/s
Interactive
8 kb/s
8 kb/s
backGround
na
Rule: IubTEG_RNC_CM_5
The RncIn enhancedQos parameter must be set to enable, when the congestionManagement
UA6 behavior is preferred.
Rule: IubTEG_RNC_CM_6
The RncIn enhancedQos parameter must be set to enable when the congestionManagement has
to take into consideration the GBR for streaming and minBrForHspa and minBrForR99 for
interactive/Background
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 42/240
A qosBP(n)=0 means that the backPressure doesnt apply for the qos n.
The CM parameter values specified for ATM without VPT shaping are also suggested for an IP bwPool
(since no shaping is performed by RNC or by IP backbone).
Remark: Actually as long as no shaping neither on the RNC nor on the IP backbone and
DifferentiatedServices IP backbone the RNC CM can be set with high perQos regulation threshold
values.
Rule: IubTEG_RNC_CM_8
CM parameter values configured against an IP bwPool:
- qosDt 0 0 1 0 2 350 3 500
- qosBPt 0 0 1 0 2 95 3 95
3.2.3.4 COUNTERS:
All kinds of congestionManagement counters measure the traffic over 10 ms period.
The counter unit is either cell/10ms for the atm interface or bytes/10ms for the ip interface.
Based on the perQos stream real time measured traffic over the previous 10 ms periods, the RNC
estimates per qos stream the expected traffic over the next 10 ms period.
For that the RNC set the Qne (estimated) counters:
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 43/240
Qne Counter
definition
Q0e
Q1e
Q2e
Q3e
The per cumulative qos stream counters: Qxxx, in extenso: Q0, Q01, Q012 and Q0123.
Four per cumulative qos stream counters Qxxx provide the traffic over a 10 ms period for qos0,
qos0+qos1, qos0+qos1+qos2, qos0+qos1+qos2+qos3:
Qxxx Counters
definition
Q0
Q01
Q0+ Q1
Q012
Q01 + Q2
Q0123
Q012 + Q3
3.2.3.5 THRESHOLDS
The qosDiscard and qosBackPressure threshold values calculated by the RNC depend on the bandwidth
configured per qos against a bwPool, the configured qosDt and qosBP parameters and the setting of the
qosnBwReservation parameters.
Remark: The qosnBwReservation parameters are also involved in the Transport admissionControl.
The qosnBwReservation parameters are involved in the congestionManagement thresholds determination
if:
- the enhancedQos = enabled,
- cacm=qos, and
- qosnBwReservation > 0%.
Rule: IubTEG_RNC_CM_11
The qosnbwReservation is taken into consideration by the congestionManagement if:
- The RncIn enhancedQos = enable,
- The cacMethod = Qos under Aal2If or IpIf level
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 44/240
One discard threshold is set per qos stream. The discard threshold value depends on the
bandwidth assigned to the bwPool on the RNC side and on the configured qosDt parameters
within the congestionManagement table.
On the atm interface, the bandwidth is assigned to the atm bwPool through the vcc
trafficDescriptors.
On the ip interface, the bandwidth is assigned to the bwPool through the peak and commited
rates configured against the ipFlow.
qosDiscardThresholds
dth0 = Th0 = bwPool vcc ECRgcac /100
= bwPool ipFlow ERgcac /100
Th0 = bwPool [qos0 vcc ECRgcac + qos1 vcc ECRgcac + qos2 vcc ECRgcac + qos3 vcc
ECRgcac] /100 for the atm interface,
Th0 = bwPool [qos0 ipFlow ERgcac + qos1 ipFlow ERgcac + qos2 ipFlow ERgcac + qos3
ipFlow ERgcac] /100 for the ip interface,
The dthn thresholds are recalculated each 50 ms .
The Th0 threshold is updated when there is a change in transport status (bandwidth
reduction, restoration, addition).
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 45/240
Per period of 10 ms, an estimation of the per qos stream traffic using the Bwnavail portion is given by
the relation:
Traffic qos n shared
Trafficqosnshared = Qne bwnexclus
With:
- n = [0, 1, 2, 3],
- If TrafficQosnShared is negative, it is forced to Zero, then Trafficqosnshared 0.
The qos discard threshold definition is impacted by the qosnBwReservation through the
Trafficqosnshared and the bwnavail:
qosDiscardThresholds
dth0 = bw0avail
dth1 = bw1avail + (qosDt1/100 -1) * [ bw1avail trafficqos0shared ]
dth2 = bw2avail + (qosDt2/100 -1) * [ bw2avail ( trafficqos0shared + trafficqos1shared ) ]
dth3 = bw3avail + (qosDt3/100 -1) * [ bw3avail ( trafficqos0shared + trafficqos1shared + trafficqos2shared ) ]
The qosBP threshold formulas are not impacted by the qosnBwReservation nevertheless the qosBP
threshold values are impacted by the qosnBwReservation.
qosDiscardThresholds
bpThn = dthn * qosBPtn/100
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 46/240
3.2.4
NODEB DISCRIMINATION
Different kinds of nodeB may be connected to the RNC: iBTS, micro_picoBTS, oneBTS.
Beside these nodeB may offer either atm, ip or both interfaces.
The RNC must be configured with the type of the nodeB it is connected to.
Since both parameters are set per nodeB, different types of nodeB may be connected to the RNC.
Within the RNC-CN model two parameters must be set for specifying the nodeB type:
- The RNC/NodeB/ nodeBType parameter value: [iBTS, micro/picoBTS, oneBTS].
- The RNC/NodeB/ nodeBCapability [nativeIP nodeB, Hybrid NodeB, atm NodeB].
RNC
ULRbSetConf
- Qaal2 Cac
DLRbSetConf
- Qaal2 Cac
NodeB
- ConnectionMode,
- saalUniParams
(common for CP, CCP and Alcap)
- IubIfID,
Linked to RNC-IN model/ Root/IubIf
- nodeBCapability,
- alcapCelValidityTimer,
- nodeBType.
CtrlPort (up to 8)
Linked to RNC-IN IubIf/Sig507)
- CtrlPort Id,
- CtrlPortType:
- 0: CP, 1: CCP, 2: SCP, 3: alcap
TEG
Figure 3-19, RNC-CN Model
Rule: IubTEG_RNC_nodeB discrimination_1
The nodeBType parameter must be set according to the type of nodeB either: iBTS,
micro/picoBTS or oneBTS.
The RNC supports a mix of the three nodeBType values.
Rule: IubTEG_RNC_ nodeB discrimination _2
The RNC/NodeB/ nodeBCapability last bit must be set to:
- 3 if nativeIP NodeB,
- 1 if Hybrid NodeB,
- 0 if atm NodeB.
The RNC supports a mix of the three nodeBCapability.
Rule: IubTEG_RNC_ nodeB discrimination _3
The RNC/NodeB/ nodeBCapability can be set to 3 (IP Native NodeB) as long as the parameter
RNC/NodeB/isIubOnNativeIpAllowed = True.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 47/240
3.2.5
UTRAN SHARING
The objective of the UTRAN sharing feature is to allow the UTRAN network to be shared between
several UMTS operators:
Rule: IubTEG_RNC_utranSharing_1
The UTRAN is shared between up to 4 operators.
The RNC equipment is then composed of as many logical RNC as amount of Plmn sharing the utran.
The RNC is partly or completely shared between the Plmn.
The set of allowed radioBearers is the same for all the Plmn.
The transportMap configured in the RNC applies to all the Plmn.
The admissionControl equivalentBitRate values configured in the RNC applies to all the Plmn.
The Iub userPlane Transport resources are either shared between all the PLMN sharing the
utran or dedicated per PLMN sharing the utran (see 3.3.13.3):
The IubTransport userPlane resources (aal2 Path, ipFlow) dedicated to a PLMN are
assigned to a PLMN dedicated bwPool. One or several PLMN dedicated bwPool may
be configured per nodeB. A PLMN dedicated bwPool is configured with the PLMN
Identifier.
The IubTransport userPlane resources (aal2 Path, ipFlow) shared between several
PLMN are assigned to a PLMN Common bwPool. One or several shared bwPool may
be configured per nodeB. A shared bwPool is configured with a PLMN Identifier=0.
See 3.3.13.3.
Both the PLMN specific bwPools and the PLMN Common bwPools may coexist on
an Iub interface.
Rule: IubTEG_RNC_utranSharing_2
At least one PLMN Common bwPool must be configured on the Iub interfaces supporting MOCN cells.
Remark: The MOCN feature allows the sharing of the radio resources between several
PLMN. This feature is not covered in the TEG.
- Transport Identifiers:
The RNC equipment is composed of one logical RNC per PLMN sharing the RNC equipment.
One logical RNC is identified by its global RNC Id:
Global RNC Id = PLMN Id + RNC Id = MCC + MNC + RNC Id
One RNC Id is configured in the RNC equipment; it is common to all the logical RNC.
Rule: IubTEG_RNC_utranSharing_2
The RNC Id numbering plan of all the Plmn sharing the utran operators must be coordinated.
Case of Iub over atm, the RNC is identified by one A2EA:
Rule: IubTEG_RNC_utranSharing_3
The A2EA numbering plan must be coordinated between all the Plmn sharing the utran.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 48/240
UE
UE
MGw1
MGw2
MGC1
Operator A:
CP & UP vcc
MGw10
Mc
Operator B:
UE
UE
Mc
NRI = 1
Nc
MGw1
CP & UP vcc
MGC2
NRI = 2
UE
UE
UE
UE
Iub
atm
atm
Shared
resources
RNC
RNC
UE
UE
NODE B
B
NODE
MGw10
Iu Plmn 1
Iu Plmn2
dedicated
resources
ATM
ATM
NRI = 1
SGSN 2
NRI = 2
MSC
NRI = 1
MSC
NRI = 2
SGSN 1
NRI = 1
SGSN 1
NRI = 2
Iur
atm
atm
Shared RNC
RNC
Shared
Plmn2, RNC
RNC
Plmn2,
UE
UE
Plmn1, RNC
RNC
Plmn1,
SGSN 1
3.2.6
OLS
The OLS Differentiation feature intends to provide per UMTS User service differentiation for the Hsdpa
interactive & background traffic according to the OLS value (gold, silver, bronze) assigned to the UE.
The feature is activated as an option:
Object: : OlsDiff
Within the RNC, the feature relies on the congestionManagement for achieving the expected regulation.
The congestionManagement mechanism is enhanced to satisfy the feature requirement.
The perOLS measurement granularity has been introduced within the qos3 stream only.
Therefore the OLS differentiation applies only to the hspa I/B as long as the hspa I/B is mapped to the
qos3 stream:
Rule: IubTEG_RNC_OLS_1
The OLS Differentiation is supported on:
- sharedForAllTrafficTypes bwPool,
- primaryForTrafficType bwPool, if hspa I/B is mapped to only qos3 stream.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 49/240
The OLS Differentiation feature is supported as long as the hspa Streaming is disable , therefore as long
as enhancedQos is disable:
Rule: IubTEG_RNC_OLS_2
If OLS Differentiation is activated, the enhancedQos=disable.
The RNC is configured with a weigth for each OLS value, which determines the distribution of the qos3
available bandwidth over the three perOLS trafficAggregates:
Parameter: OlsDiff, defaultValues: goldWeigth=100, silverWeigth=40, bronzeWeigth=10.
Remark:
- If the Gold user traffic is not enough to fill the Iub, the expectation is that the Bronze and Silver users
are allowed to get more bandwidth than their budgets.
3.3
RNC ATM
This section is related to the RNC transport features applying to the RNC atm interfaces (atm RNC and
hybrid RNC).
The RNC is populated with two 16pOC3/Stm1 FP and provides atm accesses on all the UTRAN
interfaces or the RNC is populated with two 16pOC3/Stm1 FP and two 4pGE FP and provides atm
accesses to Iub, IuCS, Iur and as an option to the IuPS interfaces.
3.3.1
ASIC
The different Passport FP, are based either on APC or AQM trafficManagement ASIC. The type of ASIC
determines the FP trafficManagement behavior.
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 50/240
3.3.2
FP
interCard APS:
1+1 inter-card line APS. APS configured for lines physically connected to different cards, also
called dual-FP APS.
Rule: IubTEG_16pOC3/Stm1 FP_1
When configuring dual-FP line APS on the 16-port OC-3 ATM FP, configure a pair of ports
on two adjacent FPs and the pair shares the same port number.
The Line switching time in the case of a fault (SF/SD on the line) is within 50 ms.
The APS is compliant either with [R80] or [R33 annexe B]
When setting the 16pOC3/Stm1 FP, the reference recommendation is specified thanks to the
attribute: ATTRIBUTE Laps protocol.
-
The value standard indicates that 1+1 linear APS is used, as described in the
recommendation [R80] and [R33 7]
The value g841AnnexB indicates that optimized 1+1 bidirectional switching is used, as
described in the standard [R33 Annex B].
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 51/240
The FP and APC resources are consumed by the amount of atmConnections and by the atmConnection
Identifier ranges.
Three kinds of the 16pOC3/Stm1 FP attributes:
- AtmIf ConnMap Ov
- Lp Eng Arc Ov and Lp Eng Arc Apc Ov
- AtmIf CA.
Remark: The AtmIf ConnMap Ov attributes apply only to APC based FP, dont apply to AQM based FP.
3.3.2.1.2.1
The objective of AtmIf ConnMap attributes is the reservation of Vci range for vcc. The Vci reservation is
done for vcc identified with Vpi = 0 on one hand and for vcc identified with a nonZero Vpi on other hand.
The AtmIf ConnMap attributes are set per port.
AtmIf ConnMap ov Attribute list:
- ATTRIBUTE AtmIf ConnMap Ov numVccForVpiZero (nZVcc):
Reservation of the Vci range for vcc identified with a Vpi = 0.
The Vci range = [0 (nZVcc-1)].
The value assigned to this attribute must take into account the Vci values: 0 to 31 reserved by
ITU.
The allowed values are power of 2.
The attribute range is (0 16384)
- ATTRIBUTE AtmIf ConnMap Ov numNonZeroVpisForVcc (nVpis):
Setting of the supported contiguous Vpi values for vcc.
The attribute range is [0, 255] for UNI atmInterface, and [0, 4095] for NNI atmInterface.
- ATTRIBUTE AtmIf ConnMap Ov firstNonZeroVpiForVcc (firstVpi):
Setting of the first nonZero Vpi value used for vcc.
If nVpi = 0 then this attribute is ignored.
The attribute range is [1, 255] for UNI atmInterface, and [1, 4095] for NNI atmInterface.
-
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 52/240
VCI
65535
16384
2048
nZVcc
511
nVcc
255
32
1024
3
4
firstVpi
18 19 20
firstVpi+nVpi
255 UNI
VPI
4096 NNI
The ConnMap Attribute values consumed APC Memory resources called VCRAM.
The APC has a fixed capacity of 111 K resources, with K=1024, resulting in APC Capacity = 113 664
resources.
The following formula indicates the cost of the configured ConnMap Attribute values on APC Memory,
and prevents against APC Memory overload:
Rule: IubTEG_16pOC3/Stm1 FP Attribute_01
For UNI atmInterfaces:
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 53/240
3.3.2.1.2.2
The Lp Eng Arc ov and Lp Eng Arc Apc ov attributes provide the ability to set the FP and APC capacity
in terms of amount of atmConnections.
Lp Eng Arc ov Attribute list:
- Lp Eng Arc Ov connectionPoolCapacity (connCap)
The attribute specifies the maximum number of unspared (no APS) connectionResources.
UMTS RNC context: since all 16pOC3/Stm1 FP ports are configured with Laps, unprotected
connectionResources are used only for test purpose.
-
In the UMTS RNC context, the 16pOC3/STM1 FP handles both ATM and IP traffic (IPRts>0).
In this context of application, the FP capacity is:
Rule: IubTEG_16pOC3/Stm1 FP Attribute_03
RNC 16pOC3/Stm1 FP Capacity:
connCap + protConnCap < 29440
-
ATMIF CA ATTRIBUTES:
The AtmIf CA attributes provide the ability to set the port capacity in terms of amount of
atmConnections.
Moreover atmIf CA attributes are used for setting the port atmInterfaceType.
The AtmIf CA attributes are set per port.
AtmIf CA Attribute list:
- ATTRIBUTE AtmIf CA maxVcc (vcc)
Setting of the maximum amount of vc Connections that can be configured on a port.
It encompasses both independent vcc and vcc configured under a VPT.
Vcc range: [0, , 16384]
Associated Rule:
Rule: IubTEG_16pOC3/Stm1 FP Attribute_05
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 54/240
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 55/240
The CA Attribute values consumed FP resources. Therefore check the APC connectionResource
UsageRate:
Rule: IubTEG_16pOC3/Stm1 FP Attribute_10
For each APC:
The formula 10 is valid for basicVPT, and not valid for standardVPT (StandardVPT is not
available on 16pOC3/Stm1 FP).
Remark:
The CA attributes: minAutoSelectedVpi and maxAutoSelectedVpi are not introduced in the TEG
since not used in the RNC.
The VPC space delimited by [minAutoSelectedVpi,
maxAutoSelectedVpi] is consumed by dynamic established VP Connections: SVP, PNNI
sPVP.
3.3.2.1.3 QOS:
-
serviceCategories:
- Supported: Cbr, rtVbr, nrtVbr, Ubr, Ubr with Mdcr,
- Not supported: ABR.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 56/240
The mapping of UMTS qos information to ATM qos information (SC) and
The mapping of UMTS qos information to IP qos information to ATM qos information to
cover case of IP over atm interfaces: Iub oam and IuPS UP.
The set of available DSCP values on a VR is determined by the choice of the Vr
DifferentiatedServicesDomain (dsd) component instance:
DSD instance
multiService
DSCP
classSelector
CSx
assuredForwarding
AFxy, CS6, DE
packetVoice
wirelessUmts
Custom
Notes: x is in the range [0 to 7] for the CS DSCP, [1 to 4] for the AF DSCP, and y in the
range [1 to 3]. The CS0 is equivalent to Default DSCP then removed from the text.
Rule: IubTEG_16pOC3/Stm1 PQC_Qos_01
It is suggested to set the DSD = multiService.
The following table provides the Transport qos information mapping suggested for the 16pOC3 PQC
FP:
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 57/240
UMTS
UP
CP
TrafficClass
Conversational
Signaling
Streaming
ARP
1, 2, 3
na
0
1
2
0
1
UP
Interactive
Background
2
0
1
2
0,1,2
THP
na
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
na
DSCP
trafficClass
sc4q
EP
MBG%
ipCos
SC
CS7
CS6
EF
critical
network
premium
77
cbr
platinium
18
rtVbr
nrtVbr
ubr
AF41
AF42
AF43
AF31
AF21
AF32
AF22
AF33
AF23
AF11
AF12
AF13
DE
gold
silver
gold
silver
gold
silver
bronze
bronze
bronze
Standard
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 58/240
The FP resources:
Rule: IubTEG_16pOC3/Stm1 MS3_01
- Up to 45000 atmConnections per FP,
- Up to 32000 perVc queues,
- Since only perVc queues are used in the context of the UMTS, set the Lp/Eng/Arc
component to 32000.
- Up to 16000 atmConnections per port.
Remark:
- If more than 32000 atmConnections are configured, then there are not enough perVc queues,
either the atmConnections are assigned to common queues or to a mix of common and perVc
queues.
3.3.2.2.2.1
TRAFFICMANAGEMENT:
AAL5:
OAM:
According to I610,
PM and CC not supported,
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 59/240
3.3.2.2.3 IP CHARACTERISTICS:
The FP IP forwarding capacity: 2,5 Gb/s .
FP characteristics:
The FP supports:
- Static routing,
- MPE,
- inverseARP,
- LocalMedia.
- ECMP ,
The FP does not support:
- DHCP relayAgent,.
QOS:
The IPCos parameter is removed and replaced by the DSCP parameter.
As a result the DSCP is mapped directly to a SC. The removal of IpCos parameter must be
done before introducing the 16pOC3/Stm1 POS/Atm FP in the RNC.
VR/n
|--------DiffServ/I
|--------IP
|
(new)
ECMP:
The FP supports flow based ECMP with up to 3 nextHops.
To activate the IP route traffic loadSharing amongst several paths:
- At least 2 nextHops and up to 3 nextHops are configured under the IP route,
- The ecmpMode parameter is set to perFlowEnh.
Rule: IubTEG_16pOC3/Stm1 MS3_4
ecmpMode = perFlowEnh when ECMP is required.
The AtmMpe Pnni sPvc Src/Dest carrierGrade.
3.3.2.2.4 QOS
The 16pOC3 MS3 FP supports the serviceCategories: Cbr, rtVbr, nrtVbr, Ubr, Ubr with Mdcr known as
UBR+.
It doesnt suppot ABR.
FP Scheduler:
The 16pOC3 MS3 FP provides a two tier scheduler:
- Connection Scheduler (same mechanism as for the AQM based FP):
- WFQ:
- The connection queue weight is either proportional to ECR (default), PCR or
SCR, or
- The connection queue weight is explicitly configured; weight range [1, 4095],
- SFQ:
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 60/240
- The shaping rate is either the PCR or both PCR and SCR,
- ClassScheduler:
EP (EmissionPriority) range: [0, 7],
Up to 4 classQueues can be simultaneously configured
AbsolutePriority for EP0 and EP1,
WFQ based on the MBG for the EP2 to EP7,
Since the absolute EP (EP0 and EP1) have been served, the 16pOC3 MS3 FP divides the
total residual bandwidth among the EP proportional to the MBG configured against each
EP. This is referred to as Weighted Fair Queuing (WFQ) where the MBG represents the
weight for the EP.
As a consequence the MBG has a major impact on the QOS.
Each serviceCategory is mapped to one EP:
Rule: IubTEG_16pOC3/Stm1 MS3_QOS_01
Mapping between ServiceCategory and EmissionPriority:
Two different SC can not me mapped to one EP. Unless they are both shaped.
EP CBR EP rtVBR EP nrtVbr EP UBR
MBG:
The MBG parameter configured against nonAbsolute EP is taken into consideration by the
ClassScheduler.
The MBG is set through the command: ATTRIBUTE AtmIf Ep minimumBandwidthGuarantee
(minBw).
The parameter is set with either with:
- a MBG value in the range [0, 100%] or
- The value Priority.
The mix of priority and MBG provisioning is not supported on the 16pOC3/Stm1 MS3 FP.
What is supported is either specifying the priority option for all EPs, or the explicit
configuration of the MBG value for all used EP used on one atmInterface.
Rule: IubTEG_16pOC3/Stm1 MS3_ QOS_02
On one16pOC3/Stm1 MS3 FP atm interface:
- if a MBG value is configured against an EP, then a MBG value must be
configured against each nonAbsolute EP (EP2 to EP7),
- Else, the minimumBandwidthGuarantee is set with Priority value for each
nonAbsolute EP.
A mix of explicit MBG values and Priority is not allowed on atm interface.
The explicit configured MBG values must satisfy the following rules:
Rule: IubTEG_16pOC3/Stm1 MS3_ QOS_03
When each nonAbsolute EP is configured with an explicit MBG value,
On one atm interface, the MBG values must be chosen in such a way to satisfy:
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 61/240
The MBG configured against the non absolute EPi (EP2 to EP7), specifies the proportion of
the bandwidth assigned to the EPi after absolute priority EP have been served.
E.g. guaranteedBw for EP3:
GuaranteedBw for EP3 = [linkRate (EP0+EP1) traffic] * MBGEP3 / (MBGEP2
+ MBGEP4 + MBGEP7),
The MBG does not protect low priority traffics against traffic Starvation resulting from the two
absolute Priorities:
Rule: IubTEG_16pOC3/Stm1 MS3_ QOS_04
On GQM based FP, the MBG assigned against an EP has no precedence over
absolute EmissionPriority (EP0, EP1).
Remark:
- If real time traffic (eg: CBR or rtVbr) is mapped to EP2, then the MBG assigned to EP7 add
potential Delay and Jitter on the real time traffic.
- An EP class queue is able to transmit beyond its guaranteed bandwidth, if the bandwidth is
available.
- If the two absolute EP (EP0 and EP1), dont consume any bandwidth, whatever the MBG
configured against the nonAbsolute EP, the non absolute EP may transmit up to the linkRate.
Based on:
- The previous releases recommendation indicating to set an MBG=2% against the EP7,
- The QOS Information mapping table specified in the previous release,
- The default weigh assigned by the Passport to the EP for case of MBG = Priority,
The following MBG values are suggested as default values:
Rule: IubTEG_16pOC3/Stm1 MS3_ QOS_05
Cbr
rtVbr
nrtVbr
Ubr
EP2
EP3
EP4
EP7
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 62/240
# Used
non absolute
EP
1
2
100
99
90
77
18
st
2d EP
4th EP
3d EP
100
100
100
100
Discard mechanism:
Four discardPriority thresholds are set on a connection queue, Default values:
DP0
Threshold
100%
DP1
90%
DP2
75%
DP3
35%
The discard thresholds apply to the common and the perVc queues.
The four DP thresholds are not configurable.
The mapping of (SC+CLP) to DP (DiscardPriority) is hardcoded:
Rule: IubTEG_16pOC3/Stm1 MS3_ QOS_07
DP
Cbr
Clp0
DP1
Clp1
DP3
rtVbr
DP1
DP3
nrtVbr
DP2
DP3
Ubr
DP3
DP3
WiseDiscard:
Within each 4 CC (congestionControl level), are set the EPD, PPD, and EFCI thresholds:
Rule: IubTEG_16pOC3/Stm1 MS3_ QOS_08
The CC, EPD, PPD and EFCI thresholds are hardcoded with the following
values:
perVc Queue
Thresholds
CCO
DP
100%
PPD
99%
EPD
90%
CC1
90%
89%
80%
CC2
75%
74%
65%
CC3
35%
34%
25%
EFCI
35%
CLP:
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 63/240
dropPrecedence
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
=>
Tx CLP
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
Conclusion:
- The ubr atmConnection cells are always tagged,
- The cbr and vbr atmConnection are tagged only for dropPrecedence 3.
QOS mapping:
The qos mapping table provides:
- The mapping of UMTS qos information to ATM qos information (SC) and
- The mapping of UMTS qos information to IP qos information to ATM qos information
to cover case of IP over atm interfaces: Iub oam and IuPS UP.
Case of IP over ATM flow qos mapping:
The set of available DSCP values for the user IP packets is determined by the choice of
the Vr DifferentiatedServicesDomain (dsd) component instance:
DSD instance
multiService
DSCP
CSx, EF, AFxy, DE
classSelector
CSx
AssuredForwarding
AFxy, CS6, DE
packetVoice
wirelessUmts
Custom
CS6, DE
Notes: x is in the range [0 to 7] for the CS DSCP, [1 to 4] for the AF DSCP, and y
in the range [1 to 3]. The CS0 is equivalent to Default DSCP then removed from the
text.
Rule: IubTEG_16pOC3/Stm1 MS3_ QOS_09
It is suggested to set the DSD = multiService.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 64/240
The following table provides the Transport qos information mapping suggested for the 16pOC3 MS3
FP:
UMTS
TrafficClass
ARP
THP
DSCP
trafficClass
sc4q
EP
MBG%
77
ipCos
SC
cbr
critical
Conversational
Signaling
UP
CP
Streaming
CS6
EF
1, 2, 3
na
0
1
2
Interactive
Background
AF42
AF43
AF31
AF21
AF32
AF22
AF33
AF23
AF11
AF12
AF13
DE
1
2
1
2
1
2
UP
AF41
na
2
0
1
2
0,1,2
network
premium
3
na
platinium
gold
silver
gold
silver
gold
silver
bronze
bronze
bronze
Standard
17
rtVbr
nrtVbr
ubr
DSCP
dropPrecedence
EF, AFx1, CS6
Low
AFx2
Medium
AFx3, DE
High
with x = (1, 2, 3, 4)
Table 19 discard policy for the 16pOC3 MS3 FP
3.3.2.2.5 TRAFFICMEASUREMENT
All the Sonet and SDH spooled statistics from the Passport are supported,
All the Atm interface and Vpt spooled statistics from the Passport are supported.
3.3.2.2.6 HARDWARE:
-
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 65/240
A PMC-Role is assigned to each PMC. Six different PMC roles are specified: PMC-PC, PMC-RAB,
PMC-M, PMC-NI, PMC-TMU and PMC-OMU.
The PMC Role is driven by the the PMC position in the PSFP and the PSFP position in the shelf:
- The PMC-M are hosted by the DCPS FP cards in the first and the second slots,
- The PMC-OMU are hosted by the third and forth PSFP cards,
- The PMC-NI are hosted by the third and forth PSFP cards,
- There is one PMC-PC per PSFP card,
- There is one or two PMC-TMU per PSFP card. There are 14 PMC-TMU on a RNC composed of
12 DCPS FP and 12 PMC-TMU on a RNC composed of 10 PSFP. The PMC-TMU is in position 1
on each PSFP card. The PSFP cards with two PMC-TMU are located in slot 10 and 11 and the
second PMC-TMU is in PMC position 5,
- The PMC-RAB role is assigned to all the remaining PMC,
Beside:
- The active and standby CP are in slot 0 and 1 respectively
- The active and standby 16p/OC3 FP are located in slot 8 and 9 respectively.
- The active and standby 4pGE FP are located in slot 14 and 15 respectively.
PDC:
Each PDC provides a management functions for that one DCPS FP card only.
Moreover the PDC is in charge of handling the SaalNNI and the Sctp.
The SaalNNI and Sctp traffic is distributed over all the PDC with exception of those running
PMC-NI.
Each PDC is configured with one external IP@ which is used as the RNC CP IP@ on the
IuPS interface.
PMC-OMU:
The OAM functionality is implemented on 2 PMC-OMU components located on different
PSFP cards.
The PMC-OMU handles also the CBS traffic (IuBC).
The sparing scheme is 1+1. The PMC-OMU switch produces no interruption of service except
in case of double fault scenarios.
PMC-M:
The PMC-M hosts the CID management and the Alcap for Iub Iur and IuCS interfaces.
The RNC is populated with two PMC-M components, working in 1+1 redundancy scheme.
Two PMC-M components reside on different PSFP cards.
The PMC-M switch produces no interruption of existing calls except in case of double fault
scenarios. New calls cannot be initiated for approximately 5 seconds.
PMC-NI:
The MTP3b and SCCP protocols are implemented on two PMC-NI components located on
different DCPS FP cards.
Moreover the PMC-NI handles the locationServices traffic (IuPC).
The RNC is populated with two PMC-NI components, working in 1+1 redundancy scheme.
The sparing scheme is 1+1. The PMC-NI switch produces no interruption of existing calls or
service except in double fault scenarios.
The PMC-NI is PSFP cards 2 and 3.
PMC-TMU:
The PMC-TMU is in charge of processing:
- The UMTS protocols: RANAP, RNSAP, and NBAP,
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 66/240
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 67/240
RNC
2
0&1
10
8&9
11
12
13
14
15
DCPS
DCPS 66 DCPS
DCPS 77 DCPS
DCPS 88 DCPS
DCPS 99 DCPS
DCPS 10
10 DCPS
DCPS 11
11
Pdc
Pdc
saalNni
saalNni
Pdc
Pdc
saalNni
saalNni
Pdc
Pdc
saalNni
saalNni
Pdc
Pdc
saalNni
saalNni
Pdc
Pdc
saalNni
saalNni
Pdc
Pdc
saalNni
saalNni
Pdc
Pdc
saalNni
saalNni
Pdc
Pdc
saalNni
saalNni
Pdc
Pdc
saalNni
saalNni
Pdc
Pdc
saalNni
saalNni
Pdc
Pdc
saalNni
saalNni
Pdc
Pdc
saalNni
saalNni
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
OMU
OMU
OMU
OMU
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
PMC-M
PMC-M PMC-M
PMC-M
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
NI
NI
NI
NI
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
16pOC3 FP
16pOC3 FP
CP3
CP3
DCPS
DCPS 00 DCPS
DCPS 11 DCPS
DCPS 22 DCPS
DCPS 33 DCPS
DCPS 44 DCPS
DCPS 55
PC/NAT
PC/NAT PC/NAT
PC/NAT PC/NAT
PC/NAT PC/NAT
PC/NAT PC/NAT
PC/NAT PC/NAT
PC/NAT
PC/NAT
PC/NAT PC/NAT
PC/NAT PC/NAT
PC/NAT PC/NAT
PC/NAT PC/NAT
PC/NAT PC/NAT
PC/NAT
TEG
3.3.3
RNC CAPACITY
The RNC capacity depends on the type and amount of component it is populated with and parameter
setting.
Parameter:
The setting of the RncIn/hardwareCapability component determines the RNC capacity:
Rule: IubTEG_RNC-Capacity_1
- Set hardwareCapability = allPktServSP2FullDim when the RNC is populated with DCPS, CP4
and 16pOC3 MS3 FP and as an option gigaEth cards.
- Set hardwareCapability = allPktServSP2 when the RNC is populated with DCPS or PSFP, CP3
and 16pOC3 MS3 FP or classical 16pOC3 FP cards.
- Set hardwareCapability = all6mPktServ when the RNC is populated with PSFP, CP3 and
16pOC3 MS3 FP or classical 16pOC3 FP cards.
Avoid:
- hardwareCapability= allPktServSP2FullDim when RNC is populated with CP3.
- hardwareCapability= allPktServSP2 or all6mPktServ when RNC is populated with
CP4.
Capacity:
- When the RNC is populated with: DCPS, CP4, and MS3 and the hardwareCapability parameter =
allPktServSP2FullDim:
UA5-1-2
12 PSFP
4 DCPS
6 DCPS
8 DCPS
10 DCPS
12 DCPS
# nodeB
200
600
1000
1400
2000
2400
# cells
1200
612
1020
1428
2040
2448
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 68/240
- When the RNC is populated with: DCPS, CP3 or CP4 and the hardwareCapability parameter =
allPktServSP2:
UA6, hardwareCapability parameter allPktServSP2.
UA5-1-2
12 PSFP
4 DCPS
6 DCPS
8 DCPS
10 DCPS
12 DCPS
# nodeB
200
360
600
720
800
1200
# cells
1200
360
600
720
800
1200
- When the RNC is populated with: PSFP, CP3 and the hardwareCapability parameter = all6mPktServ:
UA6, hardwareCapability parameter all6mPktServ.
UA5-1-2
3.3.4
12 PSFP
4 PSFP
6 PSFP
8 PSFP
10 PSFP
12 PSFP
# nodeB
200
360
600
720
800
1200
# cells
1200
360
600
720
800
1200
TRANSMISSION
3.3.4.1 PDH:
Different kinds of PDH links are specified either at ITU or at ANSI.
- ITU PDH links:
- E1, 2048 kbit/s,
- E2, 8448 kbit/s, multiplex of 4 E1,
- E3, 34368 kbit/s, multiplex of 4 E2,
- E4, 139264 kbit/s, multiplex of 4 E3, or
- E5, 564992 kbit/s, multiplex of 4 E4.
- ANSI PDH links :
- T1, 1544 kbit/s,
- T2, 6312 kbit/s, multiplex of 4 T1,
- T3, 44736 kbit/s, multiplex of 7 T2,
- T4, 274176 kbit/s, multiplex of 6 T3.
3.3.4.1.1 T1 LINK:
T1 frame is 193 bits length. The frame repetition rate is 125s.
Therefore the T1 throughput is 1,544 Mb/s = 3622 cellules per second.
The T1 frame is split in:
- 1 bit, first bit of the frame, called F bit, dedicated to synchronisation, it is set to 1 for odd frame,
and to 0 for even frame, followed by
- 24 timeSlots, 64 kb/s throughput each when configured with ATM.
Remarks:
MSA32 FP doesnt manage T1 links.
3.3.4.1.1.1
ATM ON T1:
ATM cells are mapped into bits 2 to 193 (i.e. time slots 1 to 24 described) of the 1544 kbits/s frame with
the byte structure of the cell aligned with the byte structure of the frame:
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 69/240
F
F
F
F
F
F
Header
Header
ATM
cell
Header
53 octets
T1302260-93
Since T1 payload is 192 bits each 125 s, throughput available for ATM is 1,536 Mb/s,
Rule: IubTEG_T1_1
T1 ATM throughput is 1,536 Mb/s = 3622 Cells/s.
The first bit of a frame is designated an F-bit, and is used for:
- Performance monitoring, CRC6,
- Transmission OAM Signals
- Detection of loss of frame alignment.
For more information refer to [R47 & 48].
3.3.4.1.1.2
CRC:
3.3.4.1.2 T3 LINK:
T3 link is resulting from the multiplexing of seven T2 tributaries.
T3 throughput is 44 736 kbits/s = 7 * 6312 kb/s + second stage multiplexing Overhead.
There are two formats for T3, T3 signal may be either Channelized or unchannelized:
- Channelized means that T3 signal results from the two stages multiplexing:
T3 = 7 * T2 and T2 = 4 * T1.
A Channelized T3 is the result of the multiplexing of 28 DS1 links.
A Channelized T3 is composed of 7 * 4 * 24 = 672 timeSlots.
- Unchannelized means that T3 payload is filled with bulk data, either cell direct mapping or PLCP
based.
Only Channelized T3 is defined in this section, since unchannelized are not used in UMTS
network.
Throughput
7 * T2
T3
T3 overhead
44 736 kb/s
552 kb/s
56 bits
# Bits
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 70/240
7 * 96 = timeSlots
# Timeslot
672 timeSlots
2 timeSlots
Note:
T3 is defined as 44 736 kb/s throughput, and 4760 bits multiframe size, therefore 1,174 T3
frames are transmitted each 125 s.
Detail: 44,736*125 = 5592 bits are transmitted; 5592 bits / 4760 bits = 1,174 T3 multiframes
are transmitted.
T3 multiframe is composed of 4760 bits:
- 4704 bits payload,
- 56 bits overhead.
T3 user throughput in cells/s is calculated on following way:
[44 736 kbit/s / (53 * 8)] * 4704 / 4760 = 104 268 cells/s
Rule: IubTEG_T3_1
T3 ATM throughput is 104 268 Cells/s.
T3 multiframe is composed of 7 frames 680 bits length, called M-sub-frames.
One M-sub-frame is divided into 8 blocks of 85 bits. One block is composed of one overhead bit,
following by 84 bits payload. Indeed 7*8=56 bits overhead within a T3 frame.
X1
X2
P1
P2
M1
M2
M3
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
C11
C21
C31
C41
C51
C61
C71
F2
F2
F2
F2
F2
F2
F2
C12
C22
C32
C42
C52
C62
C72
F3
F3
F3
F3
F3
F3
F3
C13
C23
C33
C43
C53
C63
C73
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
F4
The P-bits are calculated and may be modified at each section of a facility;
therefore, the P-bits provide SECTION performance information NOT end-to-end
performance information.
Multiframe alignment signal (M1, M2, M3) :
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 71/240
3.3.4.1.2.1
-
OAM:
Alarm Indication Signal (AIS):
AIS signal consists in setting information bits with 1010... sequence, starting with a binary one (1)
after each M-bit, F-bit, X-bit, P-bit, and C-bit. The C-bits are set to binary zero (C1 = 0, C2 = 0, C3 =
0).
The X-bits are set to binary one (X1 = 1, X2 = 1).
Idle Signal (Idle):
Idle Signal consists in setting information bits are set to a 1100... sequence, starting with a binary one
(1) after each M-bit, F-bit, X-bit, and C-bit. The C-bits are set to binary zero (C1 = 0, C2 = 0, C3 =
0), in the third M-subframe (C31, C32, C33); the remaining C-Bits (three C-bits in M-subframes 1,
2, 4, 5, 6, and 7) may be individually set to one or zero, and may vary with time. The X-bits are set to
binary one (X1 = 1, X2 = 1).
3.3.4.2 SDH/SONET:
Reference: [R50, 51, 40, 110].
SONET is recommended by ANSI, whereas SDH is recommended by ITU.
Difference between SDH and SONET:
- Frame field terminology,
- Minor differences in the application of certain overhead bytes, level of detail beyond the scope of
this document.
3.3.4.2.1 THROUGHPUT
Two levels of SDH/SONET signals are used within UMTS network.
These levels and associated throughputs are presented in the following table:
SDH Level
SONET Level
Throughput
Throughput
User in Mb/s
Throughput
User in Cells/s
STM1
ClearChannel
STS3 = OC3
Concatenated
155,52 Mb/s
149,76 Mb/s
353 207
STM4
STS12 = OC12
622,08 Mb/s
1 412 828
Notation:
- STM-n stands for SynchronousTransfertModule level n. It identifies the level of SDH signal.
- STS-n stands for SynchronousTransfertSignal level n. Electrical specification for signal
generation level.
- OC-n stands for OpticalCarrier level n: Optical specification for signal generation level.
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 72/240
Maintenance signals are resulting from problem detected on the incoming SDH/SONET signal.
At Transmission layer are defined four levels of OAM Flows. These OAM flows carry Maintenance
and Status signals related to different SDH/SONET sections:
- Regenerator Section OAM flow:
Carries Maintenance and Status signals related to SDH MultiplexSection / SONET Line.
LowOrder Section OAM flow:
Carries Maintenance and Status signals related to SDH lowOrder PathSection / SONET
Path.
HighOrder Section OAM flow:
Carries Maintenance and Status signals related to SDH highOrder PathSection / SONET
Path.
The mechanisms to provide OAM functions and to generate Transmission OAM flows depend on the
transport mechanism of the transmission system as well as on the supervision functions contained
within the physical layer termination functions of equipments. Three types of transmission can be
provided in ATM networks:
- SDH-based transmission systems;
-
Rule: TEG_SDH_OAM_1
On ALU nodes, the OAM Flow Type of Transmission implemented is SDH/PDH based. Not Cell based.
The following transmission status event may be detected:
- LOS (Loss Of Signal): disconnection, idle signal, unequipped signal [R53, R110].
An LOS defect is detected when an all-zeros pattern on the incoming SDH/SONET
signal lasts 100 s or longer. If an all-zeros pattern lasts 2.3 s or less, an LOS defect is
not detected.
The 16-port OC-3 function processor does not monitor signal level for loss.
-
The following Maintenance signals may be generated on different kinds of transmission OAM levels:
- AIS (Alarm Indication Signal):
AIS signal notifies the adjacent downstream node that a failure has occurred upstream.
AIS may be generated at MultiplexSection, LowOrder and HighOrder PathSection level.
The SDH MS-AIS is renamed L-AIS in SONET.
AIS triggers: LOS, LOF condition within 125 s on the incoming link.
The MS-AIS is generated in a STM-N / OC-N that contains a valid MultiplexSection
overhead, the K2 byte indicating MS-AIS and a all-ones pattern in the payload:
K2 byte
Bits 6, 7, 8
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 73/240
111
MS-AIS
The HO & LO P-AIS are coded with as all one in the container and Path pointers.
-
Bits 6, 7, 8
110
MS-RDI
The HO and LO RDI are coded in one bit of the HO / LO container overhead.
Examples of AIS and RDI generation on UMTS interface composed of SDH nodes:
POH
MSOH
P-RDI
K1
K2
P-AIS
0 000
UMTS
UMTS
UMTS
UMTS
LOS Condition
AIS
ATM
ATM
ATM
ATM
crossConnect
Line 1
TX
TX
RX
RX
W
RX
RX
W
RX
RX
TX
TX
RX
RX
RX
RX
Selected Line
TX
TX
RX
RX
TX
TX
TX
TX
RX
RX
RX
RX
TX
TX
PTE
PTE
RSTE
RSTE
MSTE
MSTE
TX
TX
RX
RX
W
TX
TX
PTE
PTE
TX
TX
Regenerator
Line 0
MultiPlex Section 1
RX
RX
TX
TX
TX
TX
RX
RX
RX
RX
TX
TX
MultiPlex Section 2
Figure 3-23 AIS/RDI Generation
3.3.4.2.3 APS
Reference: [R50 & R51 & R110],
Each Iub ATM SDH line is duplicated on the RNC, referred as 1+1 port redundancy, to ensure that the
network will continue operation when a single SDH line is defective. The duplicated SDH line is either
located:
- In the same card case of MSA32E1/Oc3, it is referred as intraCard APS or
-
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 74/240
One line is configured as the Working line, whereas the associated line is configured as the Protected
Line. See MML Attributes:
ATTRIBUTE Aps workingLine (working)
ATTRIBUTE Aps protectionLine (protection)
Both the Working and the Protected lines carry the same payload in the transmit direction, but only the
Working line is used for received payload.
At the node startup, workingLine is selected for receiving user payload data.
Nodes permanently monitor quality of the received signal. Based on these measurements, either node
keeps the working line selected or decides to select protectionLine for receiving user payload data; this
operation is referred as APS Switch.
The Line switching time in case of a fault (SF/SD on the line) is within 50 ms
RNC
RNC
UMTS
UMTS
Node
Node
ActiveCard
16pOC3
16pOC3
WorkingLine
Rx
Rx
Tx
Tx
STM1
STM1
Rx
Rx
Tx
Tx
Same Signal
Rx
Rx
Tx
Tx
Rx
Rx
Tx
Tx
STM1
SDH Network
RNC Traffic
Traffic generator
generator
RNC
16pOC3
16pOC3
Protected Line
Tx
Tx
Rx
Rx
Tx
Tx
Rx
Rx
16pOC3
16pOC3
STM1
Tx
Tx
Rx
Rx
Tx
Tx
Rx
Rx
16pOC3
16pOC3
Rule: TEG_SDH_APS-1
It is recommended to activate APS on all 16pOC3 FP ports.
Moreover it is recommended to configured them as
- WorkingLine, Stm1 links on the 16pOC3/Stm1 FP located on RNC-IN Slot 8,
- ProtectedLine, Stm1 links on the 16pOC3/Stm1 FP located on RNC-IN Slot 9.
Abnormal Case:
In some cases, operators may decide temporarily not to connect the second fiber on some interfaces.
In such a context:
- IuxIf constraint: If LAPS component is configured on one port supporting AAL2 Vcc, LAPS
must be configured on all RNC 16pOC3 FP ports supporting AAL2 Vcc, even if the second
fiber not connected, in order to ensure a proper behavior of the equipment.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 75/240
Unidirectional/bidirectional mode:
Unidirectional mode: APS switching occurs only in the node which detects misbehavior,
when APS is configured in unidirectional mode. There is no APS switching in the remote
node.
Indeed on node which detects traffic disturbance, selected line is switched from the working
line to the protected line, whereas on adjacent node selected line remains the working line.
Even in unidirectional APS, K1 byte is still used to inform the remote SDH node of the local
action. Moreover, K2 byte/Bit5 is set to 0 to reflect unidirectional mode.
Bidirectional mode: APS switching occurs in the node which detect misbehavior on one
hand, and then in the remote node on the other hand, when APS is configured in
bidirectional mode. Node which detects misbehavior on a link invokes APS and informs
remote node by means of SDH MSOH K1 bytes on the protected line that this link is
experiencing a defect. K1 byte is set with the channel number, 0 or 1 in case of redundancy
1+1, and the nature of the defect which occurs on this link e.g.: SF, SD
Indeed on both adjacent nodes, selected line is switch from working line to protected line.
The K2 byte is transmitted too on the protected line.
Remark:
According to SONET recommendation, each node extremity of a SONET link has to
be configured with the same mode unidirectional or bidirectional. If nodes are
configured on different way, each node will apply unidirectional mode.
See MML Attribute: ATTRIBUTE Aps mode
Unidirectional is the default mode on RNC.
Revertive mode:
After APS switching has been invoked, APS feature allows, since misbehavior has been
corrected, to come back to the initial configuration, if Revertive option is enabled. Such
information is exchanged between SDH nodes by means of K1 bytes set with:
WaitToRestore: the protection line is active and the working line has recovered from a
Signal Fail or Signal Degrade. After the period defined by attribute waitToRestorePeriod the
working line will automatically revert to being the received active line and the request will
change to noRequest.
ReverseRequest: This request is only applicable when the provisioned mode is bidirectional.
DoNotRevert: the protection line is active, and Revertive option is not activated. the
working line has recovered from a signalFail or signalDegrade; or a forcedSwitch or
manualSwitch request has been cleared.
NoRequest: the working line is active and no other requests are in effect.
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 76/240
Rule: TEG_SDH_APS-4
It is recommended to set APS in bidirectional mode, on ALU RNC and MGw and SGSN nodes, with
exception of the following cases where APS has to be configured in unidirectional mode:
VPT 2 ports.
ALU UMTS node to an otherVendor Node which doesnt provide APS.
Remark:
Bidirectional APS setting allows identifying with any doubt the working fiber.
Unidirectional APS setting is slightly more robust because it can tolerate a failure on the
working fiber transmit side and failure on the protected fiber receive side.
Parameters:
ATTRIBUTE Aps revertive
When this attribute is yes, the Aps reverts the received active line from protection back to
working when a working line request is cleared, after the provisioned waitToRestorePeriod has
expired.
ATTRIBUTE Aps waitToRestorePeriod (wtrPeriod)
This attribute specifies the time during which the protection line will remain the received
active line after the working line recovers from the fault that caused the switch.
3.3.4.2.3.2
APS TRIGGERS
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 77/240
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 78/240
POH
LOS Condition
MSOH
K1
UMTS
UMTS
0000
K2
0000
0000
0 110
MS-RDI
UMTS
UMTS
ATM
ATM
ATM
ATM
Regenerator
Regenerator
TX
TX
RX
RX
Line 1
TX
TX
RX
RX
Selected Line
TX
TX
RX
RX
W
RX
RX
TX
TX
PTE
PTE
RX
RX
TX
TX
RSTE
RSTE
RX
RX
TX
TX
PTE
PTE
RSTE
RSTE
Selected Line
Line 0
TX
TX
P
RX
RX
RX
RX
TX
TX
RX
RX
TX
TX
TX
TX
RX
RX
TX
TX
RX
RX
RX
RX
MultiPlex Section
TX
TX
APS Invokation
POH
MSOH
K1
1101
K2
0001
0000
0000
SF HP Work
Prot
Idle
POH
MSOH
K1
MSOH
K2
0000 0000
K1
0000
0000
0 110
MS-RDI
K2
0000
0000
0 111
MS-AIS
UMTS
UMTS
UMTS
UMTS
LOS Condition
AIS
ATM
ATM
ATM
ATM
Regenerator
TX
TX
RX
RX
TX
TX
Regenerator
Line 1
RX
RX
Selected Line
TX
TX
RX
RX
W
RX
RX
TX
TX
PTE
PTE
RX
RX
TX
TX
RSTE
RSTE
RX
RX
TX
TX
PTE
PTE
RSTE
RSTE
Selected Line
Line 0
TX
TX
P
RX
RX
RX
RX
TX
TX
RX
RX
TX
TX
TX
TX
RX
RX
TX
TX
RX
RX
MultiPlex Section
RX
RX
TX
TX
APS Invokation
2
MSOH
K1
1101
K2
0001
0000
0000
SF HP Work
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 79/240
Remark:
ATM switches and UMTS Nodes take appropriate action on reception of Transmission OAM signals, or
under Transmission defect conditions:
- APS invocation,
- F4, F5 OAM message generation.
3.3.5
3.3.6
ATM CAC
The atm CAC (connection AdmissionControl) is an algorithm invoked at AtmConnection setup:
- In provisioning phase for the pvc,
- In establishment phase for a svc.
The atm CAC verifies that the bandwidth required for the new atmConnection is below than bandwidth
available on the physical link.
Per atmConnection, based on the trafficDescriptor values, the atm CAC calculates the ECR
(EquivalentCellRate). The atm CAC considers the ECR value as the bandwidth required for an
atmConnection.
Two atm CAC algorithms are implemented in the RNC: ACAC (Actual CAC) and GCAC (Generic
CAC).
- ACAC (Actual CAC):
The ACAC is a proprietary CAC algorithm. It is a hop-by-hop reservation scheme performed on the
egress and ingress directions regardless of the connection type: pvc, pvp, svc, svp, sPvc and sPvp.
For each atmConnection and per direction, an ECR is calculated according to the ACAC algorithm.
For calculating the ECR, the ACAC takes into consideration:
- trafficDescriptor parameters: pcr, cdvt, scr and mbs,
- ServiceCategory (SC),
- CellLossRate (CLR).
- Buffer size,
- LinkRate,
The ACAC checks that the sum of ECR for all the atmConnections configured over a link is lower
than link available bandwidth. If not, then some atmConnections are rejected.
-
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 80/240
3.3.7
OVERSUBSCRIPTION
The atm oversubscription is configured through the bandwidth pool component.
The port bandwidth is allocated to one bandwidth pool component or distributed over several bandwidth
pool components. One to five bandwidth pools are available per port.
Each bandwidth pool is linked to one or several atm serviceCategories.
Rule: IubTEG_atm-RNC_OvS_01
It is recommended to assign all the port bandwidth to one single bandwidth pool component and link
this bandwidth pool component to all the service categories.
Passport
E1/T1
BwPoll-1
100%
All SC
3.3.8
ATM OAM
Reference: [R49].
The Transport OAM Signal objective is to detect and isolate equipment failure within the Transport path.
Transport OAM information is handle at Transmission level, and at atm level.
The atm OAM Information is bidirectional; it is carried once the atmConnection is established.
The atm OAM PDU are directly encapsulated within and atm cell payload, without aal (atm
AdaptationLayer).
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 81/240
NodeB
NodeB OAM Boundary
VCC
RNC
RNC
ATM
ATM
switch
switch
ATM
ATM
switch
switch
VCC / VPC
Parameters:
ATTRIBUTE AtmIf oamSegmentBoundary (sb)
ATTRIBUTE AtmIf Vpc Nrp oamSegmentBoundary (sb)
These attributes specify whether the interface/AtmConnection is on an OAM segment boundary.
The atm OAM Information objective is Fault detection, Fault Location and Performance monitoring:
- Fault Management:
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 82/240
- Alarm surveillance:
- AIS (AlarmIndicationSignal), F5 : VC-AIS or F4 : VP-AIS,
- RDI (RemoteDefectIndication), F5: VC-RDI, F4: VP-RDI,
- Connectivity verification:
- LoopBack,
- ContinuityCheck, Not supported by the 16pOC3/Stm1 FP.
Performance Management:
Not supported by the 16pOC3/Stm1 FP. Not covered in this document
The endToEnd and Segment F4 OAM flows are carried in dedicated vcc:
- Vpi: any allowed VPI values,
- Vci=3, for segment OAM flow,
- Vci=4, for endToEnd OAM flow,
The endToEnd and Segment F5 OAM flows are not carried in dedicated vcc, but transmitted together
with atm-user traffic in vcc.
Within a vcc, the OAM traffic is distinguished from user traffic by means of payloadType field (atm
header PT field):
- PTI = 100 for Segment F5 OAM traffic,
- PTI = 101 for endToEnd F5 OAM traffic,
- PTI = 000 for ATM-User traffic,
The F4/F5 OAM traffic is carried within atm cells, coded as following:
Cell Header
OAM Type
Function
Type
Reserved
CRC-10
5 bytes
4 bits
4 bits
45 bytes
6 bits
10 bits
The table below indicates the OAM Cell Field values used within the umts networks:
OAM Type
0001
Function Type
Fault Management
0000
AIS
0001
RDI
0100
ContinuityCheck
1000
LoopBack
When LoopBack is activated, loopBack information is inserted in the OAM Cell Function specific field:
LoopBack Correlation
LoopBack indication ID
indication
Tag
1 bytes
4 bytes
16 bytes
Source ID
Unused
16 bytes
8 bytes
Where:
-
LoopBack indication: The source loopBack point fills this field with value: 0000 0001.
The destination loopBack point returns the value: 0000 0000.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 83/240
Correlation Tag: Identifier of the loopBack invocation checked in loopBack source point
on reception of loopBack answer.
LoopBack Location ID: Identification of the node where loopback has to occur.
Source ID: Coded as an option, identification of the loopBack source point.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 84/240
PVC
F5 AIS
PNNI sPVC
ATM
Switch
PNNI sPVC
PNNI
AtmIf
AtmIf
AtmIf
AtmIf
sPVC CdPyNb,
AisGeneration
activated
PVC
ATM
Switch
F5 AIS
sPVC CgPyNb,
AisGeneration
activated
Upon receiving an F4/F5 AIS OAM cell, VPC/VCC endPoint node returns a F4/F5 RDI to
alert upstream intermediate and endPoint nodes that a failure has been detected downstream.
RDI:
The RDI is used to return an indication to the upstream vp/vc endPoint node that the received
end has detected an incoming section defect or is receiving AIS.
The RDI is an upstream signal, whereas the AIS is a downstream signal.
The F4/F5 endToEnd RDI is generated by a vp/vc endPoint node, whereas the F4/F5 Segment
RDI is generated by the segment endPoint node or a vp/vc endPoint node.
The F4/F5 RDI signal is sent with a periodicity of 1 second as long as the defect persists.
After 3 second without reception of a F4/F5 RDI, the atm connection is brought back into
service.
F4/F5 RDI OAM Cells triggers:
- SDH/PDH condition indicating physical link failure E.g. LOS in Segment
boundary node or VPC/VCC EndPoint node.
- Reception of SDH MS-AIS, PDH AIS in a Segment boundary node or VPC/VCC
EndPoint node.
- Reception of F4/F5 AIS EndToEnd in a VPC/VCC EndPoint node,
- Reception of F4/F5 AIS Segment in a Segment boundary node,
RDI frequency generation is usually 1 cell/s. RDI generation stops when failure detection is
removed.
Remark:
AIS generation attribute available when configuring dynamic AtmConnection PNNI sPVC,
allows activating/deactivating both AIS and RDI signals.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 85/240
LOS Condition
UMTS
UMTS
UMTS
UMTS
ATM
ATM
ATM
ATM
ATM
ATM
F4/F5-AIS
P-AIS
TX
TX
RX
RX
PTE
PTE
TX
TX
RX
RX
MSTE
MSTE
RX
RX
TX
TX
TX
TX
RX
RX
PTE
PTE
RX
RX
TX
TX
PTE
PTE
RX
RX
TX
TX
MS-RDI
Ete F4/F5-RDI
Ete F4/F5-RDI
VPC/VCC
EndPoint node
Ete F4/F5-RDI
VPC/VCC
ConnectionPoint node
VPC/VCC
EndPoint node
LOS Condition
UMTS
UMTS
UMTS
UMTS
ATM
ATM
ATM
ATM
ATM
ATM
MS-AIS
TX
TX
RX
RX
PTE
PTE
RX
RX
PTE
PTE
RX
RX
TX
TX
Ete F4/F5-RDI
VPC/VCC
EndPoint node
TX
TX
TX
TX
RX
RX
RSTE
RSTE
RX
RX
TX
TX
Ete F4/F5-RDI
PTE
PTE
RX
RX
TX
TX
Ete F4/F5-RDI
VPC/VCC
ConnectionPoint node
VPC/VCC
EndPoint node
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 86/240
LOS Condition
UMTS
UMTS
UMTS
UMTS
ATM
ATM
ATM
ATM
TX
TX
RX
RX
PTE
PTE
ATM
ATM
TX
TX
RX
RX
PTE
PTE
RX
RX
TX
TX
TX
TX
RX
RX
RSTE
RSTE
RX
RX
TX
TX
PTE
PTE
RX
RX
TX
TX
Path-RDI
Ete F4/F5-RDI
VPC/VCC
EndPoint node
Ete F4/F5-RDI
VPC/VCC
ConnectionPoint node
VPC/VCC
EndPoint node
LoopBack:
This feature consists in inserting a pattern in an atmConnection and indicates to the remote
node that this pattern has to be returned.
The loopback initiator node checks that the received pattern is the expected one and decides to
keep the atmConnection active or to disable it.
The purpose of loopBack is to:
- Prevent from mis-configuration of vpc/vcc translation in a connectionPoint node
and verify the atmConnection continuity.
Rule: IubTEG_atm-RNC_OAM-2
Therefore atm LoopBacks should be enabled during I&C and disabled once I&C operations are
terminated.
-
Detect failure within an atm Network where nodes dont handle atm OAM
signals: AIS, RDI.
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 87/240
3.3.8.4 SOC
16pOC3/STM1 FP:
Partly compliant withI.610:
- Supported:
Fault management:
- Alarm Indication Signal (AIS), Remote Defect Indication (RDI),
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 88/240
- LoopBack.
Not Supported:
- PerformanceManagement,
- FaultManagement: ContinuityCheck.
3.3.9
VPC, VPT
The AtmForum defines the notion of a VP endPoint. A VP endPoint is the node which is responsible for
the grouping of several vcc within a vpc. This function is implemented in the RNC through the VPT
component (VirtualPathTermination).
The reason of grouping several Vcc within one VPC, by means of VPT, is to apply a common treatment
to the set of Vcc, e.g.: TrafficManagement, OAM.
3.3.9.1 VPC
The target of this section is to summarize contexts where VPCs are required.
NodeB E1/T1s can be connected directly to ASP network or connected to a POC before reaching the
ASP.
- When the NodeB is connected directly to the ASP network, without POC, in a multiPCM
configuration, it is recommended to use one VPC for each E1/T1 link that connects NodeB to
the ASP. The ASP provides the E1/T1 access port as well as the VPC across the network.
There are per nodeB as many VPC configured in the ASP as amount of E1/T1 per nodeB.
However, the OAM VCC must still be configured separately; explanation is given in
trafficShaping section.
1 E1/T1
VC UP DS
NodeB
x
VC UP NDS
VC CP
VC CCP
VP x , rtVBR
VC OAM
VC OAM
VP y, rtVBR
VC OAM
VC OAM
VC UP DS
NodeB
z
VP x1
VP y1
VP z1
VCC OAM x
VCC OAM y
VCC OAM z
1 E1/T1
VC UP NDS
VC CP
VC CCP
VP z , rtVBR
VC OAM
VC OAM
16pOC3/STM1 FP
NodeB
1 E1/T1
VC UP NDS
VC CP
VC CCP
ATM Backbone
VC UP DS
RNC-SDH
RNC-SDH
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 89/240
Rule: IubTEG_atm-RNC_VP-01
- If ASP and POC inserted on Iub interface, on RNC side set one VP per POC.
- If NodeB MultiPCM configuration connected to ASP without POC, on RNC side set one
VP per NodeB E1/T1 link.
- If NodeB IMA configuration connected to ASP without POC, on RNC side set one VP
per NodeB IMA linkGroup.
Remark:
If VPI of all nodeB Vcc is set to 0, the ATM network cannot treat this as VPC. VPI 0 is reserved for VCC
connections, as defined by ITU-T and ATM Forum.
VPC ServiceCategory:
It is recommended to configure Iub VPC with rtVBR serviceCategory.
Setting VP serviceCategory with rtVBR instead of CBR provides the VP ATM connection
with a longer bufferSize e.g.: Passport CBR default bufferSize is 96 cells, whereas rtVBR
default bufferSize is 480 cells.
Within ASP, CBR serviceCategory might be reserved for traffic more vulnerable to delay:
GSM, ATM CES
Rule: IubTEG_atm-RNC_VP-02
VPC ServiceCategory is set to rtVBR
VP TrafficDescriptor parameter:
Setting of VPC TrafficDescriptor Throughput parameters (PCR, SCR), depends on Iub
configuration:
- Case of NodeBs connected directly to ASP:
A VPC initiated in the ASP and terminated in the RNC, if no bandwidth constraint
between ASP and RNC, then
o VPC PCR could be set at NodeB(s)*E1_bandwidth, and
o SCR of PVP could be set at NodeB(s)*E1_bandwidth*E1_UsageRate.
With UsageRate = 80%
Remark:
If on RNC, trafficShaping at VP level is activated, only PCR is taken into account since
16pOC3 FP provides singleRate shaping (linearShaping).
-
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 90/240
If on RNC, trafficShaping at VP level is activated, only PCR is taken into account since
16pOC3 FP provides singleRate shaping (linearShaping).
-
E1/T1
NodeB
NodeB
E1/T1
NodeB
ATM Switch
E1/T1
ATM Switch
E1/T1
STM1/OC3
RNC
TrafficRegulation mechanisms:
When an ASP is included on the Iub interface and provides policed access, it is recommended
to group the Vcc into a single Vp and to invoke TrafficShaping at VP level either on POC and
RNC side.
Rule: IubTEG_atm-RNC_VP-03
When an ASP is included on the Iub interface and provides policed access, it is recommended
to activate the TrafficShaping at Vp level, on the RNC side or on the POC side (if present).
Moreover when activating trafficShaping at VP level on one port of the 16pOC3/Stm1 FP, the size of the
assigned perVc queue need to be configured with an appropriate value see Erreur ! Source du renvoi
introuvable..
3.3.9.2 VPT
Within Passport two kinds of VPTs are available:
- basicVPT and
- StandardVPT.
BasicVPT is available on APC based card, e.g.: 16pOC3 FP and AQM based cards, e.g.: 4pOC3 FP,
whereas StandardVPT is available only on AQM based cards.
When configuring basicVPT on a port, activation of trafficShaping is not allowed. For activating
trafficShaping at VP level, a second port and a hairpin is required; VPT is configured on one port, traffic
is diverted to a second port where trafficShaping is activated. It is called the two port solution.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 91/240
BackPlane
Rx
APC
C la s s
S c h e d u le r:
EP & M BG
C o n n e c t i o n S c h e d u le r :
W FQ O r SFQ
T r a n s m it
P e rV C & c o m m o n Q u e u e s
EP0
P er V C Q u e u e s :
VCC 1 Q ueue
W e ig h t 1
Port1
VCC 2 Q ueue
W e ig h t 2
L in k C la s s
Q ueue
fo r E P 0
V P C Q u eu e
W e ig h t 3
Tx
VPT
Co m m on Q ueues:
E P 1 to E P 7 Q u e u e s
Per VC Q ueues :
VCC 71 Q ueue
W e ig h t 1
L in k C la s s
Q ueue
fo r E P 7
VCC 72 Q ueue
W e ig h t 1
EmissionPriority/MostUrgent
E P 0 Q u eu es
C om m o n Q ueues:
EP2
CBR
EP3
rtVBR
EP4 nrtVBR
EP7
UBR
VCC 73 Q ueue
W e ig h t 1
Rx
APC
C la s s
S c h e d u le r :
EP & M BG
C o n n e c tio n S c h e d u le r :
W FQ O r SFQ
T ra n s m it
P erV C & co m m o n Q u e u e s
CBR
E P 0 Q ueues
Port2
Per VC Q ueues :
VCC 1
Q ueue
W e ig h t 1
VCC 2
Q ueue
W e ig h t 2
L i n k C la s s
Q ueue
fo r E P 0
VPC
Tx
C o m m o n Q u eu es:
Q ueue
W e ig h t 3
E P 1 to E P 7 Q u e u e s
Per V C Q ueues :
VCC 71 Q ueue
W e ig h t 1
L i n k C la s s
Q ueue
fo r E P 7
VCC 72 Q ueue
W e ig h t 1
EmissionPriority/MostUrgent
C om m o n Q u eu es:
rtVBR
nrtVBR
EP0
EP2
EP3
EP4
EP7
VCC 73 Q ueue
W e ig h t 1
Remark:
On APC based card, TrafficShaping is allowed only on AtmConnection configured with a
serviceCategory mapped to emissionPriority 0.
On AQM based card, a one port solution allows to activate trafficShaping at VP level.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 92/240
AtmIf n1
VPT vpi
VPd
- SegmentLoopBack on, off, sameAsInterface
- EndToEndLoopBack on, off, sameAsInterface
AtmIf n2
VPC vpi
VPd
TM
TrafficShaping disabled, sameAsCa
AtmIf n1
VPT vpi
VPd
- SegmentLoopBack on, off, sameAsInterface
- EndToEndLoopBack on, off, sameAsInterface
TM
- TrafficShaping disabled, sameAsCa
- ServiceCategory,
- Tx TrafficDescriptor Type & Parameters,
- Rx TrafficDescriptor Type & Parameters,
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 93/240
3.3.10.1
For a VBR service category, traffic is considered bursty, and then cells are sent within a burst, bursts are
sent periodically.
Such traffic is described at ATM level by means of 2 throughput parameters: PCR and SCR and size of
the burst MBS:
Context:
TrafficSource: continuous
DualRateShaping:
PCR = linkRate
CDVT = 0
SCR = 1/8 LR
MBS = 3
=> BT = 2*(Ts-T)
1 23456
Shaped traffic
TAT
TAT
Period2
Period3
Period4
Period5
Period6
T= 1/PCR
Ts= 1/SCR
BT
Ts= 1/SCR
BT
Ts= 1/SCR
BT
Ts= 1/SCR
BT
TAT stands for theorical arrival time, one TAT being defined for each throughput PCR and SCR, they
determine date at which cell is candidate for transmission.
When the ATM-User provides a continuous flow of traffic, it is observed that MBS cells are sent at
PCR while the following cells are sent at SCR.
.
3.3.10.2
TRAFFICDESCRIPTOR SETTING
On IUB interface ATM bearers carry RAB UMTS bearers, therefore ATM VCC trafficDescriptor
parameters have to be set according to RAB definition.
RAB and associated parameters are defined in [R62]:
Per RAB, 3Gpp recommendation indicates amount of blocks of information transmitted per
period of time. The period is called a TTI. Blocks and TTI refer to RLC/MAC layers.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 94/240
On Iub interface, RLC/MAC information is encapsulated in DCHFP for TRB and SRB
dedicated, and then in AAL2 frames.
DCHFP and AAL2 overheads are indicated in [R225]
RRC
PDCP
RRC
PDCP
RLC
RLC
MAC
MAC
Physical
Physical
AAL2
ATM
Physical
UE
NodeB
Uu
Iub
RNC
Example: RAB 64
E1:
STM1:
= 2 20 s
= 2 ,8 s
R A B 6 4 , B lo c k s
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
t
T T I = 20 m s
ATM
TD
TA T
T AT
P e riod 2
P eriod 3
P erio d4
T = 1 /P C R
T s = 1/ SC R
BT
T s = 1 /S C R
BT
T s = 1 /S C R
BT
T s = 1/ S C R
BT
Tm = M B S / SC R
T T I = 20 m s
therefore since one block filled an ATM cell, MBS is set equal to 4, and Tm = 20 ms = MBS/SCR:
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 95/240
Direction
Speech /
12,2 kb/s 12,2 kb/s
DL
CS Data /
14,4 kb/s 14,4 kb/s
DL
CSD 57, 6
DL
UL
UL
TTI
BlockSize
#MaxBlocks
/TTI
Consecutive
ATM cells
Ms
Bits
Bytes
For highest TF
20
244
31
20
244
31
40
576
72
40
576
72
40
576
72
UL
40
576
72
4
Table 3-20 List of RAB for DelaySensitive traffic
UMTS
ServiceClass
RAB
Direction
TTI
I
n
t
e
r
Ms
64kb/s / 64 kb/s
DL
20
BlockSize
Bits
336
Bytes
42
#MaxBlocks
/TTI
Consecutive
ATM cells
For highest TF
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 96/240
UL
64kb/s / 128 kb/s
DL
UL
DL
UL
20
336
42
20
336
42
20
336
42
10
336
42
12
12
20
336
42
RAB definition provides then, amount of consecutiveCellsForSingleCall sent each TTI. This value can
be considered as the MBS for a single call.
Moreover to establish MBS value, maximum amount of simultaneous calls handled by a node has to be
taken into account.
According to the chosen methodology, either simultaneous call is considered as an input for setting
MBS value, or amount of simultaneous calls is calculated based on a customer trafficModel, by means
of a dimensioning exercise.
Remark:
Determination of ControlPlane VCC trafficDescriptor is the result of a dimensioning
study.
Remark:
In RNC, only Egress trafficDescriptor is provisioned per VCC or per VPC, Ingress
trafficDescriptor is set with same as Egress. On this way provisioned
TrafficDescriptor applies for both directions.
3.3.10.3
TRAFFICSHAPING
The trafficShaping regulates the egress traffic according to trafficDescriptor parameter values.
The RNC 16 ports OC3/STM1 FP supports the linear shaping on EP0 at vc and vp level.
The linear shaper regulates egress traffic according to PCR
There is no recommendation for activating the trafficShaping at vc level within the RNC. Beside the
trafficShaping at vp level may be required on RNC side, when policing activated at vp level within the
atm backbone.
The activation of the trafficShaping at vp level within the RNC requires configuration of 2 ports, one for
the vpt the second for the vpc where the trafficShaping applies (see 3.3.9)
Rule: IubTEG_ATM-TM_1
Without specific operator requirement, it is not recommended to activate
TrafficShaping or Policing function, in order to avoid cell delay and cell discard.
Rule: IubTEG_ATM-TM_2
When a policed ATM backbone is inserted on the UMTS interface, It is recommended
to activate TrafficShaping at VP level.
According to the Iub topology, the VPC results either from the grouping of all Vcc
from a NodeB with exception of the OAM VCC, or from the grouping from all Vcc
from nodeBs behind the POC, with exception of NodeB OAM Vcc.
Reason why Isolating NodeB OAM VCC from a NodeB or POC VPC:
When activating TrafficShaping at VP level on RNC, two 16pOC FP ports are involved.
On the first port NodeB Vcc dedicated Queues are scheduled, resulting in a common queue, VPT is
configured. The common queue feeds the loop at OC3/STM1 linkRate.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 97/240
On the second port, the VPC dedicated queue is fed at STM1/OC3 linkRate. The VPC queue is
scheduled at ShapingRate.
The VPC Queue ingress throughput is higher than the egress throughput.
Therefore a high volume of OAM cells may be inserted between delay sensitive cells in the second port
VPC queue, which generates delay on delay sensitive cells.
3.3.11 PNNI
The PNNI recommendations encompass network Topology and Protocols notions.
Reason for PNNI, on atm interfaces, is to simplify the network configuration and to improve the network
reliability and availability.
The PNNI allows shorter outage times, and transparent recovery from network outage, by means of
dynamic rerouting mechanisms.
Therefore, a better GOS behavior is expected when configuring PNNI.
3.3.11.1
PNNI TOPOLOGY:
The PNNI network may be configured either as a flat network or hierarchical network.
In a flat network topology, the routing information are flooded within the complete network as a
consequence the routing table is identical in all the atm nodes within the network.
Applying hierarchy in a PNNI network consists in grouping the nodes in different sub networks called
peerGroup, e.g.: all Iub ATM switches behind a RNC may be grouped into one peer group, ATM
switches connected to another RNC may be grouped in another peerGroup.
ATM addressing plane has to reflect the topology choice.
In the example above, all nodes belonging to the same peerGroup have the same prefix level88 (88 bits),
whereas prefix level 104 distinguishes nodes within a peerGroup (16 bits).
3.3.11.2
-
PNNI PROTOCOLS:
PNNI RoutingProtocol: Distribution of Topology information within the network. Thanks to this
protocol, node routing tables are updated with information related to reachability, QOS, resource
availability
Topology information are exchanged between each node of the network by means of Hello protocol
messages. These messages are carried in the RCC (RoutingControlChannel) VCC=0/18.
PNNI Signaling Protocol: allows establishment of ATM connections. This protocol is based on BISDN [R47 & 90] with some additional functionalities: sourceRouting, crankBack
PNNI Signaling Protocol messages are carried in the SignalingChannel VCC=0/5.
PNNI SignallingProtocol PNNI RoutingProtocol
SSCF-UNI Q2130
SSCOP Q2110
SAAL UNI
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 98/240
3.3.11.3
PNNI CHANNELS:
The sPvc is one kind of atm connection established by means of the PNNI signalingProtocol.
The sPvc is configured only in the node where the connection originates.
When configuring a sPvc, the following information is specified:
- AESA of the ATM port in the destination node,
- Called VCC.
CallingParty Node:
Calling vcc: 3/33
Called vcc= 2/32
CalledAddress = AESA_1
Vcc 3/33
ATM
ATM switch
switch
Or
Or
RNC
RNC
CalledParty
CalledParty
CalledParty Node:
vcc= 2/32
Address = AESA_1
ATM
ATM switch
switch
intermediate
intermediate
sPVC
ATM
ATM switch
switch
Or
Or
RNC
RNC
CalledParty
CalledParty
Vcc 2/32
Since the sPvc is configured in the originating node, the sPvc is automatically set in each intermediate
node until the destination node. When establishing a sPvc, an intermediate Passport node runs the ACAC
to verify that the sPvc required bandwidth is acceptable.
In the originating Passport node the GCAC is run.
On each intermediate interface, if the node which sends the Pnni Setup message has a higher nodeId than
the node which receives it, then:
- The local interface vpi.vci is selected by the node which sends the setup message; the
vpi.vci value is chosen in the range specified by the minAutoSelectedVciForVpiZero and
maxAutoSelectedVciForVpiZero attribute.
If no more available vci for VPI=0, then a vci is chosen for the next vpi value; the vci
value is then chosen in the range delimited by: minAutoSelectedVciForNonZeroVpi and
maxAutoSelectedVciForNonZeroVPI attribute.
Else, the vpi.vci value is determined by the node which receives the pnni setup message.
The NodeId attribute is configured under the attribute: atmRouting Pnni ConfiguredNode.
3.3.11.4
PNNI REROUTING:
The rerouting mechanism provides route recovery across a PNNI routing domain.
On Link or Node failure within the PNNI network, the Node where is initiated the sPvc decides to re
established the connection on another path.
The rerouting is referred as Hard Rerouting in [R91], and Connection recovery in NTP.
It is the responsibility of the sPvc calling endpoint to attempt to re-establish the connection.
The rerouting is not performed on routes set through different PNNI routing domains. When a failure
occurs outside of the rerouting domain, no rerouting operation can be performed.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 99/240
Within a PNNI peerGroup, the Node which detects Link or Node failure sends a Release message to both
sPvc originating node and sPvc destination node. The original connection segment is released before the
establishment of the rerouting connection segment.
On the reception of the release message, in conversation phase, if connection recovery has been
activated for the call, see MML: AtmIf PNNI Ebr ConnectionRecovery, the atmSwitch where the sPvc
originates, determines an alternative path for re-establishing the sPvc.
The sPvc originating node blocks the release message and attempts to establish an alternative connection
segment to the destination node.
The sPvc destination node also blocks the release message of the call and waits for the sPvc originating
node to establish the alternative connection segment.
If a route exists, a new establishment procedure is initiated on a new path (SETUP and CONNECT
messages), the connection is restored over the new route. Otherwise, the connection is cleared back to its
end points through normal call clearing procedures.
To be able to reroute the connection, the rerouting node must find a route that meets or exceeds the
applicable QOS characteristics of the ATM service category requested for the original route.
Rerouting triggers:
- Reception of PNNI messages:
SAAL Failure,
Following table provides duration for re-routing a set of sPVC connections, according to type of Passport
equipment failure (card, shelf):
Recover 10,000 Connections
13 sec
2 min
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 100/240
LOS Condition
UMTS
UMTS
1/ RELEASE
2/ SETUP
PNNI
PNNI
ATM
ATM
UMTS
UMTS
1/ RELEASE
PNNI
PNNI
PNNI
PNNI
PNNI
PNNI
ATM
ATM
ATM
ATM
ATM
ATM
2/ SETUP
PNNI
PNNI
ATM
ATM
TX
TX
RX
RX
TX
TX
RX
RX
TX
TX
RX
RX
TX
TX
RX
RX
RX
RX
TX
TX
RX
RX
TX
TX
RX
RX
TX
TX
RX
RX
TX
TX
2/ SETUP
2/ SETUP
PNNI
PNNI
ATM
ATM
TX
TX
RX
RX
TX
TX
RX
RX
RX
RX
TX
TX
RX
RX
TX
TX
See MML:
ATTRIBUTE AtmIf Vcc Src retryCount
This attribute indicates the number of failed attempts to set up the soft PVP or soft PVC since
the last time the connection failed.
Values Decimal (0..4294967295)
ATTRIBUTE ARtg Pnni failedRoutingAttempts
This attribute counts all calls routed through PNNI which failed. The counter wraps to zero
when it exceeds the maximum value.
ATTRIBUTE AtmIf Uni softPvpAndPvcRetryPeriod
ATTRIBUTE AtmIf Uni softPvpAndPvcHoldOffTime
3.3.11.6
Since pnni is activated on the utran interfaces, the pnni hairpin(s) is used as an option.
The reason for removing the pnni hairpin is to make free some RNC stm1/oc3 links and moreover make
free some classical 16pOC3/Stm1 FP atmConnections.
On the classical 16pOC3/Stm1 FP, it becomes mandatory to remove the pnni hairpin when:
- More than 800 nodeB are present on the RNC:
For the nodeB identified with aal2If = [801-1200], it is planned to configure the associated
atmConnections on the port 808 (5). This operation can be done after re-assigning pnni
hirpin ports resources to the port 808.
- Due to IuFlex feature, several MGw and several SGSN are present requiring more
atmConnections than currently allowed on the ports reserved for the Iu interface,
- The neighbor RNC require more atmConnection than than currently allowed on the ports
reserved for the Iur interface.
3.3.12 INVERSEARP
Reference: ARP [R68 & 66]
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 101/240
DHCP Request
DHCP Request
Ack
NodeB IP@
InvARP
Request
InvARP Reply
NodeB IP@
InvARP
Request
InvARP Reply
NodeB IP@
NodeB
NodeB
RNC-IN
RNC-IN
VCC OAM
NodeB
NodeB ARP
ARP Table:
Table:
ATM@
ATM@
Empty
Empty ifif PVC
PVC
VpiVci
VpiVci
OAM
OAM Vpi.Vci
Vpi.Vci
IP
IP
RNC
RNC IP@
IP@
RNC-IN
RNC-IN ARP
ARP Table:
Table:
@Age
@Age
xxx
xxx
ATM@
ATM@
Empty
Emptyifif PVC
PVC
VpiVci
VpiVci
OAM
OAM Vpi.Vci
Vpi.Vci
IP
IP
NodeB
NodeB IP@
IP@
@Age
@Age
xxx
xxx
When inverse ARP is absent in the remote node or not supported by the ATM interface, the IP address
configured at the remote end of the VCC must be provisioned locally using Passport feature called
StaticArp.
Remarks:
- InverseARP is the Passport default configuration.
- InverseARP is invoked within an IP subnet.
- On one Virtual Router, some ProtocolPorts may be configured with staticARP, whereas other
ProtocolPorts are configured with InverseARP.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 102/240
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 103/240
This attribute defines the timeout value, in minutes, which is assigned to updated ARP entries,
or newly created ARP entries.
The range for the timeout is 1 minute to 1440 minutes (24 hours). Default 5.
ATTRIBUTE Vr Pp IpPort arpNoLearn
When this attribute is set with Disable, the ARP table is automatically updated with
InverArpResponse.
IUBIF:
Each nodeB is identified in the RNC by an aal2If instance. Under the IubIf are configured subComponent
srelated to the nodeB controlPlane and the nodeB userPlane either atm based (aal2If) or ip based (ipIf).
Rule: IubTEG_atm-RNC aal2-1
On Iub interface, there is a one to one relation between aal2If and IubIf.
The aal2if instances linked to the IubIf instances cannot be assigned to any other aal2 interfaces: IucsIf,
IurIf or IubIf.
Up to 2400 iubIf are currently reserved to identify up to 2400 nodeB.
3.3.13.2
AAL2IF
All the aal2 Paths configured between the RNC and an adjacent aal2 point node are configured under an
aal2If instance.
Rule: IubTEG_atm-RNC aal2-2
The ipIf component instance must be unique within the RNC.
The ipIf component instance range: [1, 5000] is reserved for the Iub interface
The adjacent aal2 Point is either a NodeB or an aal2Switch.
Remark: The RNC supports aal2Switch over the iub interface under some condition, see 3.3.18 .
Therefore an aal2If instance is assigned to each nodeB, within an aal2If instance are grouped all paths
serving the NodeB.
The bwPool is an optional component of the aal2If.
3.3.13.3
BANDWIDTHPOOL:
Furthermore the RNC introduced in the previous release the notion of bandwidthPool defined as a group
of aal2Paths amongst all the paths terminating on one specific nodeB. Then a bandwidthPool is a subset
of an aal2if.
The bwPool is optional under an aal2If component.
The bandwidthPool concept has been specified within the RNC to distinguish the nodeB aal2Paths
configured over different NodeB Transport media, e.g.:
- The NodeB paths configured over two different IMA linkGroups are grouped under two different
bwPools,
- The NodeB paths configured over different E1 (mode xPcm) are grouped under different bwPools,
- The NodeB paths configured over an IMA linkGroups and the NodeB paths configured over E1
(mix of xPcm and IMA mode) are isolated into different bwPools.
Moreover the aal2 paths configured over a nodeB IMA linkGroup may be distributed over different
bandwidthPools.
The composition of a bandwidthPool with a set of Path is done by configuration.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 104/240
sharedForAllTrafficTypes bandwidthPool:
A sharedForAllTrafficTypes bandwidthPool may be specified only on the atm interfaces.
A wide range of UMTS trafficTypes selects such a bandwidthPool.
Within a sharedForAllTrafficTypes bwPool, the CM/backPressure applies to all the qos
streams with exception of the qos0 stream.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 105/240
Each bwPool is linked to one transportMap, see 3.2.2. Within the transportMap is specified the bwPool
properties:
- TransportMap/Preference specifies the bwPool type either sharedForAllTrafficTypes or
primaryForTrafficType,
- Transportmap/transportServiceEntry specifies the trafficTypes assigned to the bandwidthPool.
Rule: IubTEG_atm-RNC aal2-6
Each bwPool must be associated to a transportMap instance with the appropriated
interfaceType.
Exemple of one atm sharedForAllTrafficTypes bwPool and one atm primaryForTrafficType bwPool
associated to one nodeB:
RNCIN
RNCIN / IubIf
aal2If i
TransportMap i
interfaceType: Iub
BwPool/x
preference: sharedForAllTrafficTypes
transportServiceEntries:
[TC=conv, RbSetQos=0, ]
=> qos0
[TC=stream, RbSetQos=1+2, ]
=> qos1
[TC=interact, RbSetQos=1, ]
=> qos2
=> qos3
qos0
path
qos1
path
qos2
path
qos3
path
TransportMap j
interfaceType: Iub
BwPool/y
preference: primaryForTrafficType
transportServiceEntries:
[TC=interactive, RbSetQos=2, ] => qos3
qos3
path
TEG
Figure 3-41, NodeB with two atm bwPools
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 106/240
RNCIN
RNCIN / IubIf
aal2If i
TransportMap i
interfaceType: Iub
BwPool/x
preference: sharedForAllTrafficTypes
qos0
path
qos1
path
qos2
path
qos3
path
transportServiceEntries:
[TC=conv, RbSetQos=0, ]
=> qos0
[TC=stream, RbSetQos=1+2, ]
=> qos1
[TC=interact, RbSetQos=1, ]
=> qos2
=> qos3
ipIf i
interfaceType: Iub
preference: primaryForTrafficType
BwPool/y
transportServiceEntries:
ipFlow/i
qos 3
TEG
Figure 3-42, NodeB with one atm bwPools and one ip bwPool
Topology
bwPool/Preference
Transport
Comments
N * sharedForTrafficTypes
Atm
1 * primaryForTrafficType
Atm
1 * sharedForTrafficTypes
Atm
1 * primaryForTrafficType
Ip
1 * sharedForTrafficTypes
Atm
1 * primaryForTrafficType
Atm
1 * sharedForTrafficTypes
Atm
N*E1+IMA
Hybrid Iub
One primaryForTrafficType bwPool associated to the nodeB Ethernet link.
2 IMA
1 IMA
UtranSharing:
Per definition a PLMN Common bwPool is a bwPool shared by all the PLMN sharing the Utran
whereas a PLMN specific bwPool is a bwPool dedicated to one PLMN sharing the Utran.
A PLMN Common bwPool and a PLMN specific bwPool may be either primaryForTrafficType or
sharedForAllTrafficTypes bwPool.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 107/240
On the iub interface may be configured a mix of PLMN Common bwPool and a PLMN specific
bwPool.
Per PLMN sharing the utran, may be configured one or several bwPool for atm, ip or mixed of atm and
ip interfaces.
Rule: IubTEG_atm-RNC aal2-7
For the case of PLMN specific bwPool, the bwPool component must be configured with the
corresponding PLMNId.
For the case of PLMN common bwPool, the bwPool component must be configured with the
PLMNId set to Zero.
Case of RNC configured with both PLMN common bwPool and PLMN specific bwPool for a
specific nodeB, the RNC selects first the resources from the PLMN specific bwPool, if exhausted
selects the resources from the PLMN common bwPool.
qos0 Paths
qos1 Paths
qos2 Paths
qos3 Paths
atmSwitch
qos0 Paths
qos1 Paths
qos2 Paths
qos3 Paths
RNC
NodeB
qos0 Paths
qos1 Paths
qos2 Paths
qos3 Paths
IMA 3 E1
PLMN A specific bwPool bwPool4
IP router
FE
IubIf i
aal2If i
ipIf i
TEG
Figure 3-43, bwpool in the utranSharing 2 PLMN context, exemple
Asymmetrical traffic:
To handle separately hsdpa and Hsupa flows, two different bandwidthPools must be specified linked to
two different transportMaps:
- The hsdpa is handle by a primaryForTrafficType bwPool linked to a transportMap including a
transportServiceEntry set with ulDlPreference: dlPref,
- The hsupa is handle by a SharedForTrafficTypes bwPool linked to a transportMap including a
transportServiceEntry set with ulDlPreference: ulDlPref.
Rule: IubTEG_atm-RNC aal2-8
The asymmetrical traffic handling applies:
- Only to the hspa I/B traffic,
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 108/240
RNCIN
RNCIN / IubIf
aal2If i
TransportMap i
interfaceType: Iub
BwPool/x
preference: sharedForAllTrafficTypes
qosx
path
tse:
qos3
path
TransportMap j
interfaceType: Iub
BwPool/y
preference: primaryForTrafficType
qosx
path
path
TEG
Figure 3-44 Asymmetrical bwPools case of nE1+IMA
Robustness:
The robustness mechanism applies to the asymmetrical traffic: Hsdpa or Hsupa, identified by the
received radioBearerType UMTS EI
Assuming the configuration indicated in theFigure 3-44 Asymmetrical bwPools case of nE1+IMA:
In normal condition, the admissionControl assigns the hsdpa traffic to the bwPool/y.
In case of bwPool/y bandwidth exhaustion, the admissionControl assigns the hsdpa traffic
to the bwPool/x.
On call establishment, the admissionControl identifies the different TransportMap(s) including tse
satisfying the call qos characteristics.
If several TransportMaps are identified, the ulDlPreference parameter is taken into consideration for
determing the most preferred TM:
- A tse with ulDlPreference = ulPref or dlPref is more preferred than a tse with
ulDlPreference=ulDlPref.
- A tse with ulDlPreference = ulDlPref is more preferred than a tse with
ulDlPreference=noPref.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 109/240
If not enough available bandwidth in the bwPool linked to the most preferred transportMap, the
admissionControl assigns the call to the bwPool linked to the less preferred transportMap.
3.3.13.4
AAL2 PATHS
The RNC supports up to 810 aal2 paths per configured PSFP or DCPS.
UA6
4 PSFP/DCPS
6 PSFP/DCPS
7 PSFP/DCPS
8 PSFP/DCPS
10 PSFP/DCPS
12 PSFP/DCPS
3240
4860
5670
6480
8100
9720
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 110/240
On call establishment a CID is seized on the less loaded active Path. If several Paths are equally
loaded, a CID is seized on the Path with the most idle CID.
- The loadBalancingMethod is set to PC on IuCS and Iur interface.
CID selection within the selected Path:
The RNC provides two different algorithms for electing a CID within a chosen path, either is
chosen the first free CID or the least recently used CID. The cidSelectMethod parameter value
determines the algorithm:
- cidSelectMethod = RoundRobin
The RNC selects a CID on roundRobin fashion.
- cidSelectMethod = standardQ2630
- On the IuCS, the RNC selects the available aal2 channel with the lowest
CID value,
- On the Iur, the RNC which is the path owner selects the available aal2
channel with the lowest CID value (from 8 to upwards) whereas the RNC
which is Not the path owner selects the available aal2 channel with the
highest CID value (from 255 to downwards).
- cidSelectMethod = proprietaryConfig
RoundRobin algorithm applies to the Iub interface and standardQ2630
algorithm applies to Iu and Iur interfaces.
On the Iub interface, keep the default cidSelectMethod = roundRobin.
Abnormal cases:
If the PC-CAC rejects the call, no other CID selection is done, since all the paths within an Iub aal2If
are assigned to the same PMC-PC.
The following ITU code points are suggested for the UA6 realease:
- WithOut hspaStreaming:
qos0toQ2630QosCodepoint = 1
qos2toQ2630QosCodepoint = 2
qos3toQ2630QosCodepoint = 2
With hspaStreaming:
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 111/240
qos0toQ2630QosCodepoint = 1
qos1toQ2630QosCodepoint = 1
qos2toQ2630QosCodepoint = 2
qos3toQ2630QosCodepoint = 2
6 PSFP/DCPS
8 PSFP/DCPS
10 PSFP/DCPS
12 PSFP/DCPS
Service groups
10
12
1800
3000
4200
6000
7200
UA6
3.3.15.1
This section describes the RNC algorithm in charge of assigning the NodeB controlPort aal5 connection
to the PMC-TMU.
Each NodeB is assigned to the PMC-TMU through the serviceGroup parameter:
- A serviceGroup values is configured per nodeB,
- The RNC associates each serviceGroup value to an active TMU.
There are as many serviceGroup values as amount of active PMC-TMU (N+P). Each serviceGroup is
identified by the serviceGroupId in the range: [0, (max #active TMU 1)]
UA6, max # serviceGroup according to # TMU
# DCPS or PSFP
# active TMU
# spare TMU
# serviceGroup
serviceGroup Id
[ 0, 2 ]
[ 0, 4 ]
[ 0, 5 ]
[ 0, 6 ]
10
12
10
[ 0, 9 ]
12
14
12
[ 0, 11 ]
The nodeB distribution over the different PMC-TMU depends on the serviceGroup value configuration.
The maximum amount of nodeB per serviceGroup depends on the RNC capacity configuration (3.3.3):
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 112/240
all6mPktServSP
allPktServSP2
allPktServSP2FullDim
120
120
200
3.3.16 QOS
3.3.16.1
The Umts qos information taken into consideration by the RNC are:
- The TC (trafficClass): Conversational, Streaming, Interactive and Background,
- The ARP (AllocationPriorityPriority):
The ARP specifies the relative importance compared to other UMTS bearers for allocation
and retention of the UMTS bearers.
The ARP attribute is a subscription attribute which is not negotiated from the mobile
terminal.
In situations where resources are scarce, the relevant network elements can use the ARP to
prioritize bearers with a high ARP value over bearers with a low ARP value when
performing admission control.
ARP range value: [1, 2, 3]
- The THP (TrafficHandlingPriority):
The THP specifies the relative importance for handling of all the SDU belonging to the radio
access bearer compared to the SDU of other bearers.
The THP applies only to the interactive trafficClass umts flows.
Within the interactive trafficClass, there is a definite need to differentiate between bearer
qualities. This is handled by using the THP attribute, to allow the RAN to schedule traffic
accordingly.
THP range value: [1, 2, 3], with THP=1 being the highest priority while THP= 3 being the
lowest priority.
Moreover the ALU RNC introduces one more qos information taken into consideration in the qos
mapping table:
- RbSetQos:
Traffic class
IUB interface
RbSetQos
R99
Conv
+cSRB+dSRB
R99 Streaming
R99 I/B
Hspa I/B+Streaming
Conversational
Common
Signaling
Streaming
Interactive
Background
Streaming
Interactive
Background
Since the Transport qos information are correctly mapped between each others, the final objective is to
mapped each different UMTS flows to a specific DSCP value in such a way each umts flow received the
expected qos treatment and is correctly marked.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 113/240
The UMTS qos information is mapped to the Transport Qos information through the configurable
TransportMap RNC component.
3.3.16.2
SERVICECATEGORY
The RNC supports the serviceCategories: cbr, rtVbr, nrtVbr, ubr and ubr+.
To each serviceCategory is assigned a trafficDescriptorType value which determines which
trafficDescriptor parameters must be set against the vcc:
SC
tdt
Tx tdp1
Rx tdp1
Tx tdp2
Rx tdp2
Tx tdp3
Rx tdp3
pcr
pcr
Vbr
pcr
pcr
scr
scr
mbs
mbs
Ubr
Ubr+
pcr
pcr
mdcr
mdcr
Cbr
A MDCR (Minimum Desired Cell Rate) may be configured against an ubr vcc, in such case the ubr
serviceCategory is said ubr+.
The MDCR is the bandwidth reserved by the ACAC for the ubr+ atmConnection, ECRacac = MDCR.
Moreover the MDCR is also taken into consideration by the aal2 CAC: ECRgcac = MDCR.
Rule: IubTEG_atm-RNC_QOS_1
When tdt=9 is associated to the ubr serviceCategory, a MDCR must be configured against the vcc.
Remark:
- The MDCR is configured through the tdp3.
- The PCR must be non-zero and must be greater than or equal to MDCR..
The cbr sc is either associated to the tdt=3 or tdt=1. In the second case no bandwidth is configured against
the cbr vcc.
The vcc trafficDescriptor may be set asymmetrical.
3.3.16.3
QUEUE
Within the RNC, one queue is assigned either per atmConnection (perVcQueuing) or per serviceCategory
(Common Queuing).
Rule: IubTEG_atm-RNC_QOS_2
The perVC queuing is recommended.
The queues assigned to the atmConnections with same serviceCategory, have identical characterisctics
(Size, thresholds ).
The perVc queue size depends on the serviceCategory configured against the atmConnection:
- CBR atmConnections are assigned to short size highest priority queues,
- VBR atmConnections are assigned to larger size lower priority queues,
- UBR atmConnections are assigned to large size lowest priority queues.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 114/240
The buffer size is configurable, nevertheless within the context of UMTS network the default values are
used with exception of the shaped vpc queue case.
If trafficShaping at vp level is activated, the default queue size calculated by the RNC 16pOC3/Stm1
PQC FP is too short, the vpc queue size should be increase:
Rule: IubTEG_atm-RNC_QOS_3
On the 16pOC3/Stm1 PQC FP port configured with shaped rtVbr Vpc, set:
atmIf Ca rtVbr TxQueueLimit = 4000 cells
The Vpc being configured with:
atmIf Vpc Vpd Tm txQueueLimit (txQlim) = sameAsCa
16pOC3/Stm1 FP:
xpOC3 FP
serviceCategory
CBR
rtVBR
nrtVBR
UBR
BufferSize
maximum effective
96
480
10240
10240
86
432
7680
7680
ratio
90%
90%
75%
75%
Notes:
-
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 115/240
Rule: IubTEG_atm-RNC_QOS_4
When setting trafficDescriptor, the effective BufferSize is used by the CAC for processing ECR.
Example of the 16pOC3/Stm1 PQC queueing system:
The 16pOC3/Stm1 FP queue system is composed of two types of queue:
- the perVc queues, one queue is allocated to each atmConnection and
- the classQueue, one classQueue is allocated to each EP.
APC
Class
Scheduler:
EP & M BG
Transm it
PerVC & comm on Q ueues
Connection Scheduler:
SFQ
EP0 Q ueue
Per VC Queues :
Com mon
Queues:
LinkClass
Queue
for EP0
n1 cells
n2 cells
n3 cells
AT M IP FP QOS M apping
SC
EP
(5 EP, from EP0 to EP7)
FROM
PQC
CLP, SC and CC
Cell discard
EmissionPriority/MostUrgent
Or Comm on Queue:
EP0
cells
EP1
Connection Scheduler:
W FQ
CBR
EP2
I = [2, 3, 7]
rtVBR
EP3
EP i Queue
Per VC Queues :
Com mon
Queues:
To Link
Egress
nrtVBR
ATM Connection i1 Queue
W eight 1
EP4
EP5
LinkClass
Queue
for EP i
UBR
EP7
Or Comm on Queue:
AP C M apping Table,
SC m apped to EP configurable
3.3.16.4
CLR
The CLR (Cell Loss Ratio) is defined as the number of lost cells divided by the total number of
transmitted cells per ATM Connection.
The CLR is specified per ServiceCategory at pvc provisioning. It is involved in ECR calculation done by
the ACAC.
A small CLR value (for example 10-10) configured against a serviceCategory, results in reserving more
bandwidth to the atmConnections configured with this serviceCategory, in other word results in a larger
ECR.
If CLR=0, means that no bandwidth is reserved per atmConnection.
No CLR is configured against the UBR serviceCategory, since no bandwidth is reserved for the UBR
atmConnections.
3.3.16.5
SCHEDULING
This section describes the RNC 16pOC3/Stm1 PQC FP two stages scheduler.
The scheduler first stage serves the perVc queue and fills the classQueues.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 116/240
APC
Class
Class Scheduler
Scheduler Connection
Connection Scheduler
Scheduler
WFQ
WFQ or
or SFQ
SFQ
EP 0 linkClass Queue
1/ SC:
EP 0 perVC Queues
EP, (5 EP (O, 2, 3, 4, 7)
n1 cells
ATM Connection 01 Queue
Weight 1
n2 cells
n3 cells
From PQC
P0
To Link
Egress
EP1
CBR
EP2
EP 7 perVC Queues
EP 7 linkClass Queue
rtVBR
EP3
n1 cells
ATM Connection 71 Queue
Weight 1
n2 cells
n3 cells
nrtVBR
EP4
EP5
EP6
UBR
EP7
Remark:
The perVC weight is per default calculated by the Passport based on the atmConnection trafficDescriptor
or manually set using the MML: ATTRIBUTE AtmIf Vcc Vcd Tm weight.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 117/240
3.3.16.6
DISCARD POLICY
The 16pOC3/STM1 PQC card is based on the APC asic. This section describes the discard policy for the
APC.
According to AtmConnection serviceCategory, the CLP field value and the buffer load, the received cell
is either stored or discarded.
The APC perVC buffers are implemented with 2 hardcoded thresholds, called CongestionControl levels,
involved in the discard policy. The CC level thresholds are set per serviceCategory:
90%
CLP0 discard
CC0
CC1
CBR
38%
CLP1 discard
CC2
CC3
90%
rtVBR
CLP0 discard
CC0
CLP0 discard
CC0
CC1
nrtVBR
38%
CLP1 discard
CC1
CC2
75%
CLP1 Discard
CC2
CC3
32%
CC3
No discardPriority parameter on the APC based card, the cell CLP values is directly compared to the
buffer occupancy:
Queues:
MappingTable :
ATM Interface :
EmissionPriority
EP0 Queue
Tagged cell
NonTagged cell
Most Urgent
90%
38%
CBR
CLP1
Cell2
CLP0
Cell1
EP0
VCC CBR
EP1
CC0 CC1 CC2
CC3
rtVBR
EP2
EP3
EP4 Queue
Tagged cell
nrtVBR
NonTagged cell
EP4
CLP1
75%
Cell2
CLP0
Cell1
32%
EP5
VCC nrtVBR
EP6
CC0 CC1 CC2
CC3
UBR
EP7
Least Urgent
Figure 3-49 Discard Policy on APC card, based on an example of QOS mapping table.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 118/240
3.3.16.7
CDV, CDVT
The CDV (Cell Delay variation) is the jitter introduced by different network atm queuing stages on the
atm cells:
- Increasing buffer size, or selecting a lower priority serviceCategory, increases the CDV, on the
other hand decreases the cell Loss ratio.
- Decreasing buffer size, or selecting a higher priority serviceCategory, decreases the CDV, on the
other hand increases the cell Loss ratio.
The choice of the atmConnection serviceCategory and buffereSize results from a tradeoff between CDV
and cell Loss.
As long as trafficShaping is desable, the CDV for the highest priority serviceCategory is calculated on the
following way: CDV = BufferSize/EgressLinkThroughput
Due to the CDV introduced by the atm backbone, the atm cells arrive in the downstream node before or
after the TAT (Theorical Arrival Time). The atm cells arriving after the TAT, are conformed on the other
hand the atm cells arriving before the TAT are not conformed. Non conformed cells are rejected by
Policing if activated.
The CDVT (CellDelayVariationTolerance) is a tolerance taken into account by the Policer, which applies
to cells arriving before TAT. Setting the CDVT value allows to reduce amount of rejected cells in a
downstream node where Policing is activated. CDVT unit is second.
According to CDVT value, cells arriving before TAT, in the limit of CDVT, are declared conformed.
CD V T = < ( T
), e g : C D V T= ( T ):
P e rio d 1
TAT
P e r io d 2
TA T
P e r io d 3
TA T
P e rio d 4
TAT
t
T = 1/P C R
CDVT
CD V T > ( T
CDVT
C DV T
) , e g : C D V T = 2 *( T ) :
P e rio d 1
CD V T
TAT
P e r io d 2
T AT
P e r io d 3
TA T
P e rio d 4
TAT
t
T = 1/P C R
CD VT
CD V T
CD V T
CD V T
The CDVT value determines the amount allowed of backToBack cells. The BackToBack cells being the
amount of cells transmitted at linkRate.
Amount of cells transmitted backToBack declared conformed depends on CDVT value:
N = Integer [1 + CDVT / (T )], with:
N: amount of cells transmitted backToBack,
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 119/240
T = 1/PCR,
3.3.18 ALCAP
Within the RNC no parameter is set for activating the Alcap.
Since the NodeB AlcapActivation parameter is set to true, no more version/edition fields included in the
NBAP message then the RNC concludes that the Alcap is the protocol used for the aal2 connection
establishment.
Rule: IubTEG_atm-RNC_Alcap_1
Since alcap is activated on the Iub interface, one single alcap vcc must be configured per nodeB.
The Node B inserts its own A2EA in the NBAP RL Setup Response TLA sent to the RNC. The RNC aal2
address translation table must be configured with the NodeB A2EA and the associated aal2If and PathIds.
Node B
ALCAP ERQ
- Destination address:
Node B A2EA in NSAP format
- SUGR parameter:
Binding Id (Node B context reference)
- CEID: aal2 path + CID
ALCAP ECF
TEG
Figure 3-51 Alcap protocol flow
Both the RNC-IN and the RNC-CN models are involved in the Alcap configuration.
The RNC-IN model:
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 120/240
Root
IubIf i
Aal2if i
- Cacm
RNC
IubTransport flowCtrl
- activation
- CidSelectMeth
Sig (07)
- Qosparameters
- saalUni
Qaal2Parameters
- orig A2EA,
- LoadBalancingMeth
Nap/ atmConnection
- Qaal2 timers,
bwPool x
PathId i
- atmConnection
aal2If, cost
- Qos
- pathOwner
aal2If, cost
Alcap bearer
-saalUni
Nap/ atmConnection
TEG
Figure 3-52, RNC-IN Model
NodeB
- ConnectionMode,
DLRbSetConf
- Qaal2 Cac
- saalUniParams
(common for CP, CCP and Alcap)
- IubIfID,
Linked to RNC-IN model/ Root/IubIf
- nodeBCapability,
- alcapCelValidityTimer,
- nodeBType.
CtrlPort (up to 8)
Linked to RNC-IN IubIf/Sig507)
- CtrlPort Id,
- CtrlPortType:
- 0: CP, 1: CCP, 2: SCP, 3: alcap
TEG
Figure 3-53, RNC-CN Model
According to the RNC-CN model, the RNC allows configuration of one single alcap
connection per nodeB. Within the RNC one Alcap connection must be assigned to each nodeB
supporting Alcap. The ctrlPortType=3 is assigned to the Alcap connection.
Rule: IubTEG_atm-RNC_Alcap_2
Within the RNC-CN model:
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 121/240
On the Iub interface, several SSCOP connections are established per nodeB for the different
SSCOP-Users: nbap-c, nbap-d and Alcap.
The RNC-CN model allows configuration of one single set of SaalUni parameters per nodeB.
It applies to all the nodeB SSCOP connections whatever the SSCOP-User.
Rule: IubTEG_atm-RNC_Alcap_3
On the RNC, one set of saalUni parameters is configured and applies to all the sscop
connections (nbap and alcap sscop connections).
Aal2 Translation Table:
Within the RNC-IN model, the RNC aal2 translation table must be fill with the nodeB A2EA
and the associated aal2If component.
Rule: IubTEG_atm-RNC_Alcap_4
The RNC aal2 translation table must be fill with the nodeB A2EA and the associated
aal2If component.
Only one aal2If instance must be assigned against one qaal2 endPoint A2EA.
The RNC aal2 feature: prefixAddressing is not used on the Iub interface, since the RNC
allows up to one nodeB beyond the aal2Switch.
The alternative routing is not supported.
Alcap Cell Validity Timer
The RNC supports the Alcap Cell Validity Timer. It is configured per nodeB.
On Alcap SSCOP disconnection, the RNC rejects all the new aal2 connection establishment
requests and starts the Alcap Cell Validity timer.
At the expiration of the Alcap Cell Validity timer, the aal2 connections are released.
- If the RNC Alcap Cell Validity Timer is not provisioned (infinite value): the aal2
connections are maintained during the SSCOP disconnection, whatever the SSCOP
disconnection duration.
- If the RNC Alcap Cell Validity Timer is provisioned:
- The aal2 connections are maintained as long as the timer is running,
- At the expiration of the timer, the aal2 connections are released.
- If the RNC Alcap Cell Validity Timer = 0, the aal2 connections are released since the
SSCOP is disconnected.
The Alcap Cell Validity timer must be configured on only one aal2 node (endPoint or
relayPoint), either the nodeB or the RNC or the aal2Switch if present).
Assuming no aal2Switch on the Iub interface:
- When the RNC interworks with the iBTS nodeB then the Alcap Cell Validity timer
must be desactivated in the RNC. The SSCOP disconnection event is under control of
the nodeB.
- When the RNC interworks with the oneBTS nodeB, the Alcap Cell Validity timer
must be activated in the RNC since not available in the nodeB. The RNC controls the
SSCOP disconnection event.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 122/240
Rule: IubTEG_atm-RNC_Alcap_5
The RNC Alcap Cell Validity must be desactivated when Interworking with the iBTS
nodeB.
The RNC Alcap Cell Validity must be activated when Interworking with the oneBTS
nodeB.
Remark: To desactivate the RNC timer, the timer is not provisioned.
Aal2 Switch:
An aal2Switch may be inserted on the Iub interface. Nevertheless the ALU RNC doesnt allow
several NodeB beyond one aal2Switch. Indeed the alcap vcc is configured in the RNC per
nodeB (RNC/NodeB/CtrlPort/controlPortType). The ALU RNC accepts an Iub topology where
each aal2Switch is dedicated to one nodeB.
Rule: IubTEG_atm-RNC_Alcap_6
If the aal2Switching function is required on the Iub interface, each aal2Switch node
must be dedicated to one single nodeB.
3.4
RNC IP
This section is related to the RNC transport features applying to the RNC ip interfaces (ip RNC and
hybrid RNC).
The IP RNC is populated with two 4pGE FP and up to 12 PSFP/DCPS. It provides all utran interfaces
over IP.
The hybrid RNC is populated with two 16pOC3/Stm1 FP, two 4pGE FP and up to 10 PSFP/DCPS.
The hybrid RNC supports simultaneously atm nodeB, hybrid nodeB and ip nodeB.
Remark: The hybrid NodeB atm leg handles all kind of traffic (controlPlane and userPlane) including as
an option the Hsdpa and Hsupa interactive/Background traffic while the IP leg handles only the Hsdpa
and Hsupa interactive/Background userPlane traffic.
The features related to the atm interfaces are described in the section 3.2 RNC ATM.
On the RNC, each nodeB is declared either nativeIP nodeB, hybrid NodeB or ATM nodeB:
Parameters: isIubOnNativeIpAllowed and nodeBCapability (see 3.2.4).
Parameters
isIubOnNativeIpAllowed
nativeIP nodeB
1
Hybrid NodeB
0
Atm nodeB
0
nodeBCapability
3.4.1
FP
3.4.1.1 4PGE FP
The 4 pGE FP provides 4 Ethernet accesses:
- Ethernet port throughput: 1 Gb/s
- FP throughput: 2,5 Gb/s.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 123/240
3.4.1.1.1 PHYSICAL
The 4pGE FP is designed according to the MS3 architecture.
It is composed of the GQM/FQM ASIC, which determines the FP egress qos and TrafficManagement
capabilities.
It provides 4 ethernet ports each offering a transmission 1 giga bit/s in both directions on optical medium.
Each port can be independently configured as SX (1000Base-SX), or LX (1000BASE-LX):
- 1000BASE-LX interface:
The "LX" stands for Long wavelength lasers to transmit data over fiber optic cable.
- 1000BASE-SX interface:
The SX stands for Short wavelength lasers to transmit data over fiber optic cable.
Rule: IubTEG_4pGE FP_1
- The 1000BASE-LX interface supports single-mode optical fibers (SMF) or multimode optical
fibers (MMF).
- The 1000BASE-SX interface supports only multimode optical fiber.
3.4.1.1.3 AUTONEGOCIATION
The objective of the auto-Negotiation function is to provide the means to exchange information between
two devices that share a link segment and to automatically configure both devices to take maximum
advantage of their abilities.
Rule: IubTEG_4pGE FP_3
It is recommended that the link partner activates the auto-negotiation with remote fault encoding
and that auto-negotiation be enabled on the GigE port.
The auto-negotiation can be enabled or disabled for each GigE port (Lp Ethernet autoNegotiation
attribute).
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 124/240
3.4.1.1.4 QOS
FP Scheduler:
The 4pGE FP provides 8 classQueues per port.
The 4pGE FP scheduler applies the absolute PriorityQueuing algorithm to the two highest priority class
queues: EP0 and EP1 and applies the WFQ algorithm the the six lowest priority class queues.
Since the EP0 and EP1 class queues have been served, the scheduler shared the residual bandwidth
between the EP2 to EP7 class queues according to the weight assigned against these queues.
The scheduler terminates transmission of any IP packet from the served queue before visiting another
queue. The empty queues are skipped by the scheduler.
The 4pGE FP must be configured with:
- Tthe mapping between each DSCP value and the classQueue,
- ClassQueue properties,
- The per DSCP discard policy.
IP DSCP mapping to classQueue:
Each DSCP value is mapped to the RNC proprietary parameter trafficClass, which determines
the priority assigned by the scheduler to the behaviourAggregate.
Several DSCP values may be mapped to one single trafficClass value.
The mapping between the DSCP value and the trafficClass value is set through the attribute: Vr
Dsd Phb trafficClass.
Range value: [critical, network, premium, platinum, gold, silver, bronze, standard].
Without customisation, the following default Qos mapping applies:
DSCP
CS7
trafficClass
Critical
CS6
Network
EF, CS5
Premium
CS4, AF4y
Platinum
CS3, AF3y
Gold
CS2, AF2y
Silver
CS1, AF1y
DE
Bronze
Standard
Table 3-26, trafficClass
Furthermore each trafficClass value is mapped to a schedulingClass value through the attribute
Vr Dsd Tc schedulingClass8Queues (sc8q).
This value is used to select one queue over the eight supported by the 4pGE FP port when
transmitting packets.
A higher schedulingClass value is assigned to the more delay sensitive behaviourAggregate.
The (sc8q) schedulingClass range value: [0, 7].
Without customisation, the following default mapping applies:
trafficClass
Critical
schedulingClass (sc8q)
7
Network
Premium
Platinum
Gold
Silver
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 125/240
Bronze
1
Standard
0
Table 3-27, schedulingClass
The 4pGE FP applying the WFQ algorithm to the EP2 to EP7 queues, a weight is assigned to
each EP2 to EP7 through the MBG component which determines queue serving policy of the
scheduler. A higher MBG value is assigned to the higher priority queue.
Without customisation, the following default mapping applies:
EP Queues:
EP0
MBG
Na
EP1
Na
EP2
EP3
50
25
EP4
10
EP5
EP6
EP7
3
Table 3-28, MBG
Taking into consideration the DSCP values specified for the current utran release and the qos mapping
done within the 4pGE FP, the following qos information mapping applies:
Rule: IubTEG_4pGE FP_4
Transport Qos information mapping:
DSCP
trafficClass
schedulingClass
EP
MBG%
CS6
EF
critical
network
premium
7
6
5
0
1
2
na
na
50
Queue
Size
100 K
300 K
300 K
platinium
25
300 K
gold
silver
bronze
gold
silver
bronze
gold
silver
bronze
Standard
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
0
4
5
6
4
5
6
4
5
6
7
10
7
5
7000 K
4200 K
3000K
7000 K
4200 K
3000K
7000 K
4200 K
3000K
2200 K
AF41
AF42
AF43
AF31
AF21
AF11
AF32
AF22
AF12
AF33
AF23
AF13
DE
Discard policy:
A dropPrecedence value is assigned to each DSCP value through the attribute: Vr Dsd Phb
dropPrecedence.
Per classQueue, a queue congestion threshold is associated to each dropPrecedence value.
When receiving an IP packet from the backplane, according to the IP packet dropPrecedence
and the queue occupancy rate the IP packet is either enqueued or discarded:
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 126/240
The IP packet is discarded if the queue occupancy rate is higher than the congestion
threshold associated to the IP packet dropPrecedence.
The IP packet is enqueued if the queue occupancy rate is lower than the congestion
threshold associated to the IP packet dropPrecedence.
The dropPrecedence range value: [low, medium, high], while le low value indicates that the
behaviourAggregate is less candidate to discard compared to a high dropPrecedence
behaviourAggregate.
Without customisation, the following default qos mapping applies:
DSCP
CSx, AFx1, EF
dropPrecedence
Low
AFx2
Medium
AFx3, DE
High
table 3-29 Qos mapping: dropPrecedence
It is suggested to apply the RNC default dropPrecedence values:
Rule: IubTEG_4pGE FP_5
Transport dropPrecedence suggestion:
DSCP
dropPrecedence
AFx1, CS6
Low
AFx2
Medium
AFx3, DE
High
with x = (1, 2, 3, 4)
Ethernet QOS
P-Tag:
The 3 bits length P-Tag field is ignored on the reception of a valid frame and is set to 0 when
transmitting a Vlan tagged frame.
Rule: IubTEG_4pGE FP_6
The P-Tag is ignored by the RNC
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 127/240
The IP packets are transmitted within an ethernet frame including the Vlan ID.
Any received ethernet frames are accepted under condition it is tagged with the expected Vlan
Identifier.
The untagged or priority tagged received frames are accepted under condition the port Vlan is
configured, else discarded.
Port mode:
Vlan mode:
EM
EM
LanApplication (La)
LanApplication (La)
Vlan
LinkToProtocolPort
LinkToProtocolPort
TEG
Figure 3-54, port mode versus Vlan mode components
When operating in Vlan mode, the 4 bytes Q-Tag field is inserted within the ethernet frame,
therefore the MFS (Maximum Frame Size) must be increased (attribute: Lp ethernet MFS). See
3.4.1.1.2.
Within the RNC each Vlan is linked to a different VR protocol Port.
Rule: IubTEG_4pGE FP_8
One VLAN is linked to one VR/ProtocolPort.
Dimensioning:
Rule: IubTEG_4pGE FP_9
The 4pGE FP supports:
- Up to 400 Vlan per RNC,
- Up to 60 Vlan per VR,
- Up to 12 Vlan per GE port if PDR enable,
- Up to 48 Vlan per RNC if PDR enable.
Beside a RNC VR supports up to 60 protocol ports. As a consequence up to 60 Vlan may be
linked to one RNC VR.
Protocol:
The 4 bytes length Q-Tag field is inserted in any frames transmitted over a Vlan. The Q-Tag is
composed of different fields:
- Q-Tag / Tag Protocol Identifier field:
The RNC set the Q-Tag / Tag Protocol Identifier field with 0x8100 and accepts any received
frame with such a Tag Protocol Identifier value. The frame received with another Tag Protocol
Identifier values are discarded.
Rule: IubTEG_4pGE FP_10
The 4pGe FP accept any received tagged frame with Q-Tag / Tag Protocol ID = 0x8100
and discard received frame with other Tag Protocol ID value.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 128/240
3.4.1.1.6 ARP
The 4pGE FP ARP table is dimensioned to support up to 500 entries per port and up to 1000 entries per
FP.
As an example:
- A RNC VR protocol port configured with a /30 subnet size consumes one 4pGE FP ARP table entries,
- A RNC VR protocol port configured with a /24 subnet size consumes 252 4pGE FP ARP table entries.
Rule: IubTEG_4pGE FP_12
The 4pGE FP ARP table supports up to 500 entries per port and up to 1000 entries per FP.
3.4.1.1.7 SOC
IP:
IP
Supported
IPv4
IP static routing
Ipv6
ICMP
ECMP (note1)
ARP
IPSec
DHCP relayAgent
Fragmentation (note2)
DifferentiatedServices
PDR (protection Default Route)
Not Supported
OSPF, RIP
Note1: The ECMP used as protection against a 4pGE FP failure causes a too long traffic disruption, >
1s)
Note2: Fragmentation is not actually performed on the 4pGe card since the MTU of the egress IP port
will always be greater than or equal to the incoming IP packet size.
Ethernet:
Ethernet
Supported
Auto negotiation
Not Supported
LAG
MAC Pause frame note1)
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 129/240
Note1: The MAC pause are not generated by the 4pGEFP, nevertheless the 4pGEFP responds to the
received MAC Pause frame by stopping the traffic on that port until that pause condition is removed.
PDC:
Each PDC provides a management functions for that one DCPS FP card only.
Moreover the PDC is in charge of handling the SaalNNI and the Sctp.
The SaalNNI and SSTP traffic is distributed over all the PDC with exception of those running
PMC-NI.
Each PDC is configured with one external IP@ which is used as the RNC CP IP@ on the
IuPS interface.
PMC-OMU:
The OAM functionality is implemented on 2 PMC-OMU components located on different
PSFP cards.
The PMC-OMU handles also the CBS traffic (IuBC).
The sparing scheme is 1+1. The PMC-OMU switch produces no interruption of service except
in case of double fault scenarios.
PMC-M:
The PMC-M hosts the CID management and the Alcap for Iub Iur and IuCS interfaces.
The RNC is populated with two PMC-M components, working in 1+1 redundancy scheme.
Two PMC-M components reside on different PSFP cards.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 130/240
The PMC-M switch produces no interruption of existing calls except in case of double fault
scenarios. New calls cannot be initiated for approximately 5 seconds.
PMC-NI:
The M3UA and SCCP protocols are implemented on two PMC-NI components located on
different DCPS FP cards.
Moreover the PMC-NI handles the locationServices traffic (IuPC).
The RNC is populated with two PMC-NI components, working in 1+1 redundancy scheme.
The sparing scheme is 1+1. The PMC-NI switch produces no interruption of existing calls or
service except in double fault scenarios.
The PMC-NI is PSFP cards 2 and 3.
PMC-TMU:
The PMC-TMU is in charge of processing:
- The UMTS protocols: RANAP, RNSAP, and NBAP,
- The UMTS heartBeat on the Iub,
- The SCTP protocol on the Iub.
Moreover PMC-TMU supports RRM, RRC, and aal2Link CAC.
Up to 14 PMC-TMU components in the ATM RNC and IP RNC, up to 12 PMC-TMU in the
Hybrid RNC are spread over all the DCPS FP.
The sparing scheme is N+1 if 7 or fewer PSFP and otherwise N+2 spared.
If a PMC-TMU fails, the control planes for the NodeB and cells managed by that TMU are
automatically taken over by one of the spare PMC-TMU within 30 seconds but individual
Radio Links are lost. Individual calls are managed by all the PMC-TMU in load sharing mode.
If a PMC-TMU fails the calls on that PMC-TMU are lost.
PMC-RAB:
The UMTS user plane is handled in up to 40 PMC-RABs within an ATM and IP RNC, in up
to 32 PMC-RABs within a Hybrid RNC spread over all the PSFP in load sharing mode.
Cell common channel user plane functionality is spared so if one PMC-RAB fails its cell
common channel user plane load is taken over by up to 5 other PMC-RAB on other DCPS FP
cards with no loss of common channel service.
The RTP protocol (IuCS over IP) is implemented within the PMC-RAB.
Individual call user planes are managed by all the PMC-RAB in load sharing mode.
If a PMC-RAB fails the calls on that PMC-RAB are lost.
Each PMC-RAB is configured with one external IP address used as the RNC IuPS UP IP@.
PMC-PC:
Up to 12 PMC-PC within an IP RNC and up to 10 PMC-PC within an Hybrid RNC
PMC-PC sparing scheme: N+1.
RNC Iub UP IP Interface, PMC-PC function:
The PMC-PC is the IP route point of termination.
One and up to 3 external IP@ are assigned to each of the N PMC-PC. No IP@
against the redundant PMC-PC.
The PMC-PC IP@ policyAssignment is: movable.
The PMC-PC IP@ is used as the RNC Iub UP IP@.
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 131/240
The native IP RNC is populated with two 4pGE FP and up 12 PSFP/DCPS FP.
Then up to 12 PMC-PC/NAT, 14 PMC-TMU, 10 PDC-SCTP/SaalNNI, 40 PMC-RAB.
The PDC-SCTP handles SCTP.
RNC
0&1
DCPS
DCPS
DCPS
DCPS
DCPS
DCPS
DCPS
DCPS
DCPS
DCPS
DCPS
DCPS
DCPS
DCPS
DCPS
DCPS
DCPS
DCPS
DCPS
DCPS
DCPS
DCPS
Pdc
Pdc
SCTP
SCTP
Pdc
Pdc
SCTP
SCTP
Pdc
Pdc
Pdc
Pdc
Pdc
Pdc
SCTP
SCTP
Pdc
Pdc
SCTP
SCTP
Pdc
Pdc
SCTP
SCTP
Pdc
Pdc
SCTP
SCTP
Pdc
Pdc
SCTP
SCTP
Pdc
Pdc
SCTP
SCTP
Pdc
Pdc
SCTP
SCTP
Pdc
Pdc
SCTP
SCTP
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
OMU
OMU
OMU
OMU
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
PMC-M
PMC-M PMC-M
PMC-M
10
11
12
13
14&15
4pGE FP
4pGE FP
CP3
CP3
DCPS
DCPS
5
0
3
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
NI
NI
NI
NI
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
PC/NAT
PC/NAT PC/NAT
PC/NAT PC/NAT
PC/NAT PC/NAT
PC/NAT PC/NAT
PC/NAT PC/NAT
PC/NAT PC/NAT
PC/NAT PC/NAT
PC/NAT
PC/NAT
PC/NAT PC/NAT
PC/NAT PC/NAT
PC/NAT PC/NAT
PC/NAT
TEG
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 132/240
RNC
2
0&1
10
8&9
DCPS
DCPS 00 DCPS
DCPS 11 DCPS
DCPS 22 DCPS
DCPS 33 DCPS
DCPS 44 DCPS
DCPS 55
11
12
13
14 & 15
DCPS
DCPS 66 DCPS
DCPS 77 DCPS
DCPS 88 DCPS
DCPS 99
Pdc
Pdc
Pdc
Pdc
Pdc
Pdc
Pdc
Pdc
Pdc
Pdc
Pdc
Pdc
Pdc
Pdc
Pdc
Pdc
Pdc
Pdc
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
OMU
OMU
OMU
OMU
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
NI
NI
NI
NI
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
PC/NAT
PC/NAT PC/NAT
PC/NAT
PC/NAT
PC/NAT PC/NAT
PC/NAT PC/NAT
PC/NAT PC/NAT
PC/NAT
AP:
5
4pGE FP
4pGE FP
PMC-M
PMC-M PMC-M
PMC-M
16pOC3 FP
16pOC3 FP
CP3
CP3
Pdc
Pdc
PC/NAT
PC/NAT PC/NAT
PC/NAT PC/NAT
PC/NAT PC/NAT
PC/NAT
0
3
2
1
4
TEG
3.4.2
IP HOSTS UTRAN
MGC
MGC
IP
IP RNC
RNC
Iub, Iur, IuCS
CP
CP IP@
IP@
IuPS
PDC
Sctp
PDC
Sctp
PDC
Sctp
PDC
Sctp
PDC
Sctp
PDC
Sctp
PDC
Sctp
PDC
Sctp
CP
IP@
CP
IP@
CP
IP@
CP
IP@
CP
IP@
CP
IP@
CP
IP@
CP
IP@
MGw
MGw
UP
UP IP@
IP@
RNC
RNC
TMU
12:2
RAB
TMU
RAB
TMU
RAB
TMU
RAB
TMU
RAB
TMU
RAB
Iub
CP
IP@
IuPS
UP
IP@
Iub
CP
IP@
IuPS
UP
IP@
Iub
CP
IP@
IuPS
UP
IP@
Iub
CP
IP@
IuPS
Iub
IuPS
UP
IP@
Iub CP
CP IP@
IP@
IuPSUP
UPIP@
IP@
OMU
1:1
OMU1:1
OMU
NI
OMU
NI
NI
NI
Iub
CP
IP@
IubCP
CPIP@
IP@
Iub
LS
IP@
Iub
CP
IP@
LS
LS
IP@
LSIP@
IP@
CP
CP IP@
IP@
UP
UP IP@
IP@
NodeB
NodeB
PC/NAT
N:1
PC/NAT
PC/NAT
PC/NAT
PC/NAT
PC/NAT
UP
IP@
UPIP@
IP@
UP
UP
IP@
UP
UP IP@
IP@
telecom
telecom
IP@
IP@
OMU
1:1
OMU
OMU
OMU
CBS
IP@
CBS
CBS
IP@
CBSIP@
IP@
SGSN
SGSN
CP
CP IP@
IP@
UP
UP IP@
IP@
LS
LS IP@
IP@
Cbs
Cbs IP@
IP@
oam
oam IP@
IP@
TEG
Figure 3-57, Utran IP hosts
-
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 133/240
Iur, IuCS and IuPS CP terminate on the PDC-SCTP and internally forwarded to the PMCNI.
- IuPS UP terminates on the PMC-RAB.
- the RNC9370 handle the received IP packets with Option field included. The RNC reads
and processes the Option field. Nevertheless the handling of the IP packet Option
field dramatically reduces the performance, therefore:
Rule: IuTEG_IP Host_1
It is recommended to avoid setting the Option field within the IP packets exchanged over
the utran.
3.4.3
IP COMPONENTS
Native IP Iub:
On the RNC side, each nodeB is identified on the RNC side by an IubIf instance (see 5.4.1). The nodeB
userPlane over IP interface is identified by an ipIf instance. An ipIf is composed of one or several
bwPool(s). Within each bwPool, 1 and up to 4 qos streams are configured:
iubIf 1
userPlane
ipLink
ipLinkToIpif: ipIf i
SignalingBearer
ipIf i
cacm
BwPool/x
linkedTo transportMap
linkedTo CM
PLMN Mcc & Mnc (utranSharing)
qosnBwReservation
Qos0 IP Flow:
DL & UL, CIR & PIR (kb/s)
Qos1 IP Flow:
DL & UL, CIR & PIR (kb/s)
Qos2 IP Flow:
DL & UL, CIR & PIR (kb/s)
Qos3 IP Flow:
DL & UL, CIR & PIR (kb/s)
BwPool/y
Qos3 IP Flow:
TEG
Figure 3-58 nativeIP RNC Components
Hybrid Iub:
On the RNC side, each nodeB is identified on the RNC side by an IubIf instance (see 5.4.1). The nodeB
userPlane over IP interface is identified by an ipIf instance and the nodeB over atm interface is identified
by an aal2if instance (see 3.3.13.1 and 5.4.1):
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 134/240
iubIf 1
SignalingBearer
aal2If i
cacm
userPlane:
BwPool/x
aal2LinkToAal2if: aal2If i
linkedTo TMap
linkedTo CM
PLMN Mcc & Mnc
qosnBwRes
ipLink
ipLinkToIpif: ipIf i
ipIf i
cacm
BwPool/y
linkedTo TMap
linkedTo CM
PLMN Mcc & Mnc
qosnBwRes
Qos3 IP Flow:
UL/DL CIR (kb/s)
UL/DL PIR (kb/s)
qos 0
path
path
qos 1
path
path
qos 2
path
path
qos 3
path
path
BwPool/y
qos 3
path
path
TEG
Figure 3-59 hybrid RNC components
3.4.3.1 IPIF:
The IpIf component identifies the peer UMTS node ip interface, e.g.: NodeB ip interface.
On the Iub interface, the IpIf is linked to the IubIf / Uplane identifying the nodeB.
The NodeB IP@ is dynamically assigned to the ipIf component.
The RNC may be connected to up to 2400 nodeB each having its own IP interface.
Rule: IubTEG_RNC IP Components_1
The ipIf component instance must be unique within the RNC.
The ipIf component instance range: [1, 2400] is reserved for the Iub interface
The cacm parameter is configured against each IpIf component and applies to all the bwPools under the
ipIf instance.
3.4.3.2 BANDWIDTHPOOL:
The bandwidthPool concept has been specified within the RNC to distinguish the nodeB aal2Paths
configured over different NodeB Transport media, e.g.:
- The NodeB paths configured over two different IMA linkGroups are grouped under two different
bwPools,
- The NodeB paths configured over different E1 (mode xPcm) are grouped under different bwPools,
- The NodeB paths configured over an IMA linkGroups and the NodeB paths configured over E1
(mix of xPcm and IMA mode) are isolated into different bwPools.
The bandwidthPool concept has been specified for the atm iub, it has been extended to takes into
consideration:
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 135/240
sharedForAllTrafficTypes bandwidthPool:
A sharedForAllTrafficTypes bandwidthPool can be specified for:
- Atm interface on the Hybrid RNC and atm RNC, and
- Ip interface on the ip RNC.
A wide range of UMTS trafficTypes selects such a bandwidthPool.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 136/240
Each bwPool is linked to one transportMap, see 3.2.2. Within the transportMap is specified the bwPool
properties:
- TransportMap/Preference specifies the bwPool type either sharedForAllTrafficTypes or
primaryForTrafficType,
- Transportmap/transportServiceEntry specifies the trafficTypes assigned to the bandwidthPool.
Rule: IubTEG_RNC IP Components_8
Each bwPool must be associated to a transportMap instance with the appropriated interfaceType.
Exemple of one atm sharedForAllTrafficTypes bwPool and one ip primaryForTrafficType bwPool
associated to one nodeB:
RNCIN
RNCIN / IubIf
aal2If i
TransportMap i
interfaceType: Iub
BwPool/x
preference: sharedForAllTrafficTypes
transportServiceEntries:
[TC=conv, RbSetQos=0, ]
=> qos0
[TC=stream, RbSetQos=1+2, ]
=> qos1
[TC=interact, RbSetQos=1, ]
=> qos2
=> qos3
qos0
path
qos1
path
qos2
path
qos3
path
TransportMap j
ipIf i
interfaceType: Iub
preference: primaryForTrafficType
BwPool/y
transportServiceEntries:
ipFlow/i
qos 3
TEG
Figure 3-60, NodeB with one atm bwPools and one ip bwPool (hybrid case)
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 137/240
Topology
bwPool/Preference
Transport
Comments
nativeIP
1 * sharedForTrafficTypes
IP
1 * sharedForTrafficTypes
Atm
1 * primaryForTrafficType
Ip
N * sharedForTrafficTypes
Atm
1 * primaryForTrafficType
Atm
1 * sharedForTrafficTypes
Atm
1 * primaryForTrafficType
Atm
1 * sharedForTrafficTypes
Atm
Hybrid Iub
One primaryForTrafficType bwPool associated to the nodeB Ethernet link.
N*E1+IMA
2 IMA
1 IMA
UtranSharing:
Per definition a PLMN Common bwPool is a bwPool shared by all the PLMN sharing the Utran
whereas a PLMN specific bwPool is a bwPool dedicated to one PLMN sharing the Utran.
A PLMN Common bwPool and a PLMN specific bwPool may be either primaryForTrafficType or
sharedForAllTrafficTypes bwPool.
On the iub interface may be configured a mix of PLMN Common bwPool and a PLMN specific
bwPool.
Per PLMN sharing the utran, may be configured one or several bwPool for atm, ip or mixed of atm and
ip interfaces.
Rule: IubTEG_RNC IP Components_9
For the case of PLMN specific bwPool, the bwPool component must be configured with the
corresponding PLMNId.
For the case of PLMN common bwPool, the bwPool component must be configured with the
PLMNId set to Zero.
Case of RNC configured with both PLMN common bwPool and PLMN specific bwPool for a
specific nodeB, the RNC selects first the resources from the PLMN specific bwPool, if exhausted
selects the resources from the PLMN common bwPool.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 138/240
qos0 Paths
qos1 Paths
qos2 Paths
qos3 Paths
atmSwitch
qos0 Paths
qos1 Paths
qos2 Paths
qos3 Paths
RNC
NodeB
qos0 Paths
qos1 Paths
qos2 Paths
qos3 Paths
IMA 3 E1
PLMN A specific bwPool bwPool4
IP router
FE
IubIf i
aal2If i
ipIf i
TEG
Figure 3-61, bwpool in the utranSharing 2 PLMN context, exemple of Hybrid Iub
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 139/240
RNCIN
RNCIN / IubIf
aal2If i
TransportMap i
interfaceType: Iub
BwPool/x
preference: sharedForAllTrafficTypes
qosx
path
tse:
tse: [TC=interactive, RbSetQos=2, ulDlPreference = ulPref ] => qos3
tse: [TC=backGround, RbSetQos=2, ulDlPreference = ulPref] => qos3
qos3
path
TransportMap j
ipIf i
interfaceType: Iub
preference: primaryForTrafficType
BwPool/y
ipFlow/i
qos x
TEG
Figure 3-62 Asymmetrical bwPools
Robustness:
The robustness mechanism applies to the asymmetrical traffic: Hsdpa or Hsupa, identified by the
received radioBearerType UMTS EI
Assuming the configuration indicated in the Figure 3-62 Asymmetrical bwPools:
In normal condition, the admissionControl assigns the hsdpa traffic to the bwPool/y.
In case of bwPool/y bandwidth exhaustion, the admissionControl assigns the hsdpa traffic
to the bwPool/x.
On call establishment, the admissionControl identifies the different TransportMap(s) including tse
satisfying the call qos characteristics.
If several TransportMaps are identified, the ulDlPreference parameter is taken into consideration for
determing the most preferred TM:
- A tse with ulDlPreference = ulPref or dlPref is more preferred than a tse with
ulDlPreference=ulDlPref.
- A tse with ulDlPreference = ulDlPref is more preferred than a tse with
ulDlPreference=noPref.
If not enough available bandwidth in the bwPool linked to the most preferred transportMap, the
admissionControl assigns the call to the bwPool linked to the less preferred transportMap.
3.4.3.3 IPFLOW:
One ipIf/bwPool is populated with one and up to 4 ipFlow components, each configured for different qos
streams.
Case of hybrid RNC, only one qos stream is supported under an ipIf/bwPool; the ipIf/bwPool is populated
with one single qos3 ipFlow.
Each ipFlow component is configured with the expected traffic through the attributes:
- downLinkCommitedRate (kb/s)
- upLinkCommitedRate (kb/s)
- downLinkPeakRate (kb/s)
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 140/240
- upLinkPeakRate (kb/s)
The per ipFlow rates are involved in the downlink congestionManagement mechanism and also in the
downlink and uplink transport IP admissionControl.
iubIf 1
userPlane
ipLink
ipLinkToIpif: ipIf i
ipIf i
SignalingBearer
cacm
BwPool/x
linkedTo transportMap
linkedTo CM
PLMN Mcc & Mnc (utranSharing)
qosnBwReservation
qos0 IP Flow:
DL & UL, CIR & PIR (kb/s)
qos1 IP Flow:
DL & UL, CIR & PIR (kb/s)
qos2 IP Flow:
DL & UL, CIR & PIR (kb/s)
qos3 IP Flow:
DL & UL, CIR & PIR (kb/s)
BwPool/y
qos3 IP Flow:
TEG
Figure 3-63, RNC IP components
3.4.4
IP HOSTS UTRAN
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 141/240
MGw
MGw
IP
IP RNC
RNC
Iub, Iur, IuCS
CP
CP IP@
IP@
IuPS
PDC
Sctp
PDC
Sctp
PDC
Sctp
PDC
Sctp
PDC
Sctp
PDC
Sctp
PDC
Sctp
PDC Sctp
CP
IP@
CP
IP@
CP
IP@
CP
IP@
CP
IP@
CP
IP@
CP
IP@
CP
IP@
UP
UP IP@
IP@
RNC
RNC
TMU
12:2
RAB
TMU
RAB
TMU
RAB
TMU
RAB
TMU
RAB
TMU
RAB
Iub
CP
IP@
IuPS
UP
IP@
Iub
CP
IP@
IuPS
UP
IP@
Iub
CP
IP@
IuPS
UP
IP@
Iub
CP
IP@
IuPS
Iub
IuPS
UP
IP@
Iub CP
CP IP@
IP@
IuPSUP
UPIP@
IP@
OMU
1:1
OMU1:1
OMU
NI
OMU
NI
NI
NI
Iub
CP
IP@
IubCP
CPIP@
IP@
Iub
LS
IP@
Iub
CP
IP@
LS
LS
IP@
LSIP@
IP@
CP
CP IP@
IP@
UP
UP IP@
IP@
NodeB
NodeB
PC/NAT
N:1
PC/NAT
PC/NAT
PC/NAT
PC/NAT
PC/NAT
UP
IP@
UPIP@
IP@
UP
UP
IP@
UP
UP IP@
IP@
telecom
telecom
IP@
IP@
OMU
1:1
OMU
OMU
OMU
CBS
IP@
CBS
CBS
IP@
CBSIP@
IP@
SGSN
SGSN
CP
CP IP@
IP@
UP
UP IP@
IP@
LS
LS IP@
IP@
Cbs
Cbs IP@
IP@
oam
oam IP@
IP@
TEG
Figure 3-64, Utran IP hosts
Iub, Iur and IuCS UP IP traffic terminate on the RNC PC/NAT. One PMC-PC/NAT
handles the whole NodeB IP traffic.
Iub CP terminates on the TMU and OMU (for the Attach_UDP message).
On nodeB side, if no telecom IP@ configured, the telecom traffic terminates on the host
identified by oam IP@.
3.4.5
UDP PORT
A PMC-PC/NAT supports 16 000 UDP ports per PMC-PC/NAT IP@ (16 000 source UDP ports+ 16 000
destination UDP ports per IP@).
A PMC-PC/NAT configured with 3 IP@ (1 IP@ for Iub UP, 1 IP@ for Iur UP and 1 IP@ for
IuCS UP) supports 3*16000 UDP ports.
The RNC supports the UDP Port range: [49152, 65535] for the different applications:
- UserPlane:
One source and one destination UDP ports are assigned per UE connection from the
RNC UDP Port range.
- Prop Attach_UDP_message: (applies only to native IP Iub)
One UDP port from the RNC UDP Port range is allocated to the proprietary
Attach_UDP.
Parameter: iubAttachUdpPortNumber
Rule: IubTEG_RNC-IP_UDP_1
The same UDP port values must be reserved on RNC and nodeB side for the purpose
of the proprietary attach UDP message. (see 3.6.6)
The allocated UDP port is used as source & destination UDP port in the UDP frame
carrying the Proprietary Attach_UDP message sent by the nodeB to the RNC.
Proprietary umts heartBeat: (applies only to the hybrid Iub, not to the IP Iub)
One UDP port from the RNC UDP Port range is configured for the umts prop
heartBeat.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 142/240
3.4.6
LOCALMEDIA
The localMedia is a RNC IP media functionality which provides a functional interface to the PMC that
are unaware of the virtualRouter. It provides IP forwarding capability to the PMC on the PSFP/DCPS FP.
The localMedia is centrally located on the CP.
There is one instance of the localMedia within the RNC.
The localMedia supports up to 32 interfaces each identified by an instance in the range [0, 31]. There is
no constraint on the LocalMedia interface instance numbering.
Each localMedia interface is configured against a VR PP. Several localMedia interfaces may be
configured over one VR.
Each LM interface is used to access a particular set of Hosts within RNC. To each localMedia interface is
assigned a trafficType value and as an option an interfaceType value, which specify the kind of traffic
forwarded over the interface and then determines the destination set of hosts.
TrafficType:
TrafficType values:
- TrafficType = iubCplane:
The localMedia interface configured with this trafficType is dedicated to the Iub
controlePlane traffic; the associated traffic terminates on the TMU and OMU.
This trafficType is configured only in case of nativeIP Iub, not configured if hybrid Iub.
- TrafficType = uPlane:
The localMedia interface configured with this trafficType is dedicated to the the whole
or part of the utran userPlane traffic (see interfaceType); the associated traffic
terminates either on the PC-NAT or on the RAB.
- TrafficType = ss7CPlane:
The localMedia interface configured with this trafficType is dedicated to the whole or
part of IuCS, IuPS and Iur controlPlane over IP traffic (see interfaceType); the
associated traffic terminates on the PDC.
- TrafficType = oam:
The localMedia interface configured with this trafficType is dedicated to the RNC oam
traffic; the associated traffic terminates on the OMU.
- TrafficType = ls:
The localMedia interface configured with this trafficType is dedicated to the
locationService traffic; the associated traffic terminates on the NI.
- TrafficType = cbs:
The localMedia interface configured with this trafficType is dedicated to the
cellBroadcastService traffic; the associated traffic terminates on the OMU.
- trafficType = rnc:
The localMedia interface configured with this trafficType is dedicated to some internal
traffic between PC-NAT and RAB.
- TrafficType = internalTraffic:
The localMedia interface configured with this trafficType is dedicated to internal traffic
between PDC and NI.
- TrafficType = iubUPinternal:
The localMedia interface configured with this trafficType is dedicated to some internal
traffic between PC-NAT and TMU, application for the purpose of UMTS Proprietary
loopBack.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 143/240
Rule: IubTEG_localMedia_1
The two LM interfaces: [uPlane trafficType; IuB interfaceType] and IubUplaneInternal
trafficType must be configured over the same VR.
InterfaceType:
InterfaceType values: Iub, IuCS, IuPS, Iur and none.
The interfaceType attribute specifies which utran interface traffic is handle on the LM
interface.
Rule: IubTEG_localMedia_2
The interfaceType attribute must be configured against the LM interfaces set with uPlane and
ss7Cplane trafficTypes.
The interfaceType attribute is not configured for traffic types other than: uPlane, ss7Cplane.
Remark: The interfaceType value none is not allowed on LM interfaces set with
uPlane and ss7Cplane trafficTypes.
The interfaceType is configured per LM interface with either one single utran interface or a
combination of several utran interfaces:
tT
uPlane
interfaceType:
iub
iuCS
iur
iub+iuCS
iuCS+iur
iub+iur
iub+iuCS+iur
Remark: The IuPS UP and other utran UP traffic flows can not share the same LM
interface since one terminates on the PMC-RAB whereas others terminates on the
PMC-PC/Nat.
tT
interfaceType:
ss7CPlane
iuCS
Iur
IuPS
iuCS+iur
iur+iuPS
iuCS+iuPS
iuCS+iur+iuPS
Remark: The Iub CP and other Utran CP traffic can not share the same LM interface
since one terminates on the PMC-TMU whereas the others terminate on the PDC.
Rule: IubTEG_localMedia_3
The different [trafficType, interfaceType] combination values must be unique among the
localMedia.
Migration from UA6 to UA7:
The table below indicates the evolution of the LocalMedia interfaces from the UA6 to UA7:
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 144/240
UA6
UA7
VR
LM if
LM tT
LM tT
LM iT
Oam
=>
Oam
na
Rnc
=>
uPlane
iuPS
=>
Rnc
na
ss7CP
=>
ss7CP
iuPS
internal
=>
Internal
na
LS
=>
Ls
na
CBS
=>
Cbs
na
iubUP
=>
uPlane
Iub
IubUPint
=>
iubUPInt
na
IubCplane
na
uPlane
Iur, IuCS
Notes:
- The UA6 rnc trafficType has been replaced by:
- The uPlane trafficType with iuPS interfaceType for handling the IuPS external
traffic,
- The rnc trafficType for handling the RNC internal traffic.
- The localMedia interfaces with rnc and internalTraffic trafficType are assigned to the
internal VR PP.
- The UA6 iubUPlane trafficType has been replaced by [uPlane trafficType; Iub
interfaceType].
Furthermore a localMedia interface is linked to a VR protocolPort that has an IpLogicalInterface
configured.
An IP subnet is configured against the VR PP linked to a localMedia interface.
The IP@ from the IP subnet are allocated to the PMC reachable from the localMedia interface according
to one of the 3 IP address assignment policies:
3.4.7
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 145/240
RNC,
RNC, VR
VR Formation
Formation 11
Iux
Iux VR
VR
oam
oam VR
VR 00 LS
cbs VR
VR 44
LS VR
VR 33 cbs
4pGE
Hybrid &
int
int VR
VR 22
4pGE
RNC,
RNC, VR
VR Formation
Formation 22
native IP Iub
Iub
Iub VR
VR
Iu+Iur
Iu+Iur VR
VR
oam
oam VR
VR 00 LS
LS VR
VR 33 cbs
cbs VR
VR 44
4pGE
Hybrid &
int
int VR
VR 22
4pGE
RNC,
RNC, VR
VR Formation
Formation 33
native IP Iub
Iub
Iub VR
VR
Iucs+Iur
Iucs+Iur VR
VR
IuPS
IuPS VR
VR
oam
oam VR
VR 00 LS
cbs VR
VR 44
LS VR
VR 33 cbs
4pGE
Hybrid &
int
int VR
VR 22
4pGE
RNC,
RNC, VR
VR Formation
Formation 44
native IP Iub
Iub
Iub VR
VR
Iur
Iur VR
VR
IuCS
IuCS VR
VR
IuPS
IuPS VR
VR
oam
LS VR
VR 33 cbs
oam VR
VR 00 LS
cbs VR
VR 44
4pGE
Hybrid &
int
int VR
VR 22
4pGE
RNC,
RNC, VR
VR Formation
Formation 55
native IP Iub
Iub
Iub VR
VR
CP+UP
Iur
Iur VR
VR Iur
Iur VR
VR IuCS
IuCS VR
VR IuCS
IuCS VR
VR IuPS
IuPS VR
VR IuPS
IuPS VR
VR
UP
CP
UP
CP
4pGE
UP
oam
oam VR
VR 00 LS
LS VR
VR 33 cbs
cbs VR
VR 44
int
int VR
VR 22
CP
TEG
4pGE
TEG
Figure 3-65, RNC VR Formations
Both the CP and UP Iub traffic are routed through one single VR :
Rule: IubTEG_VR_1
The Iub CP and UP traffic must be routed by one common RNC VR.
Beside 1 VR dedicated to oam, 1 VR dedicated to LS, 1 VR dedicated to CBS and 1 VR dedicated to
RNC internal traffic.
The following figures represent the localMedia interfaces for the different VR formations for native and
hybrid iub:
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 146/240
IP
IP RNC
RNC
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
NI
00
NI
NI1
NI1
PDC0
PDC0
PDC1
PDC1
PDC2
PDC2
PDC3
PDC3
PDC9
PDC9
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
PC11
PC11
PC0
PC0
M
00 11
MM
M
TMU0
TMU0
TMU13
TMU13
OMU0
OMU0
TMU0
TMU0
TMU13
OMU1
TMU13 OMU1
PP
PP
PP
PP
PP
Iub+Iu+Iur VR
PP
PP
Int VR
PP
PP
tT: oam
tT: CBS
tT: LS
tT: internal
tT: rnc
iT: IuPS
tT: uPlane
tT: ss7CP
iT: IuPS+IuCS+Iur
iT: Iub+IuCS+Iur
tT: uPlane
tT: IubCplane
tT: IubUplaneInt
localMedia
localMedia
NodeB
NodeB
PP
LS VR CBS VR oam VR
PP
PP
PP
VLAN
VLAN
VLAN
PP
VLAN
RNC
RNC
Iub+Iu+Iur
MGw
MGw
GigE
xx x
GigE
GigE
GigE
x
IP
IP
SGSN
SGSN
TEG
Figure 3-66, VR formation 1
Note: The CBS and LS over IP is currently not supported.
Either each VR PP is linked to different GE ports then either Lan or Vlan are used or several VR PP are
linked to one single GE port then only vlan component can be configured.
Rule: IubTEG_VR_2
As long as several PP are linked to one GE port, one vlan per protocol port must be configured.
The hybrid RNC provides both Atm and IP legs to the nodeB. On the ATM leg are transported R99
userPlane and controlPlane traffic whereas HSPA I/B traffic is transported over the IP leg. As an option,
the same VR is used to forward Iub hspa I/B and other Iux traffic (a.k.a.: UA6 consolidated VR):
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 147/240
IP
IP RNC
RNC
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
Iu
bR
99
CP UP
NI
00
NI
NI1
NI1
Iub
PDC0
PDC0
PDC1
PDC1
PDC2
PDC2
PDC3
PDC3
PDC9
PDC9
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
M
00 11
MM
M
TMU0
TMU0
TMU13
TMU13
OMU0
OMU0
TMU0
TMU0
TMU13
OMU1
TMU13 OMU1
PC11
PC11
PC0
PC0
PP
PP
PP
PP
PP
PP
PP
Iub+Iu+Iur VR
LS VR CBS VR
PP
PP
PP
VLAN
VLANc
VLAN
tT: oam
tT: internal
tT: rnc
iT: IuPS
tT: uPlane
iT: IuPS+IuCS+Iur
tT: ss7CP
iT: Iub+IuCS+Iur
tT: uPlane
tT: LS
tT: CBS
tT: IubUplaneInt
localMedia
localMedia
PP
SGSN
SGSN
PP
Int VR
oam VR
PP
RNC
RNC
VLAN
Iub+Iu+Iur
GigE
xx x
GigE
GigE
GigE
x
MGw
MGw
IP
IP
16pOC3
16pOC3
16pOC3
16pOC3
NodeB
NodeB
ATM
ATM
TEG
Figure 3-67, VR formation1 for Hybrid Iub.
The VR formation 2 is an evolution of the VR formation1 after adding a dedicated Iub VR, the Iub VR handles
Iub both userPlane and controlPlane traffic:
IP
IP RNC
RNC
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
NI
00
NI
NI1
NI1
PDC0
PDC0
PDC1
PDC1
PDC2
PDC2
PDC3
PDC3
PDC9
PDC9
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
M
00 11
MM
M
TMU0
TMU0
TMU13
TMU13
OMU0
OMU0
TMU0
TMU0
TMU13
OMU1
TMU13 OMU1
PC11
PC11
PC0
PC0
PP
PP
Iub VR
PP
PP
PP
Iu+Iur VR
PP
PP
PP
Int VR
PP
PP
tT: oam
tT: CBS
tT: LS
tT: internal
tT: rnc
iT: IuPS
tT: uPlane
tT: ss7CP
iT: IuPS+IuCS+Iur
iT: IuCS+Iur
tT: uPlane
iT: Iub
tT: uPlane
tT: IubCplane
tT: IubUPInt
localMedia
localMedia
NodeB
NodeB
PP
LS VR CBS VR oam VR
PP
PP
PP
PP
VLAN
VLAN
VLAN
VLAN
PP
VLAN
RNC
RNC
Iub+Iu
+Iur
GigE
xx x
GigE
GigE
GigE
x
MGw
MGw
IP
IP
SGSN
SGSN
TEG
Figure 3-68, VR formation 2
Alternative1: One GE link shared by all Utran interfaces.
Alternative2: One GE link dedicated to Iub and one GE link dedicated to IuCS+IuPS+Iur.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 148/240
The hybrid RNC provides both Atm and IP legs to the nodeB. On the ATM leg are transported R99
userPlane and controlPlane traffic whereas HSPA I/B traffic is transported over the IP leg. As an option,
one VR is dedicated to the Iub Hspa I/B forwarding, another VR is in charge of the Iux forwarding
(a.k.a.: UA6 segmented VR):
RNC
RNC
TMU0
TMU0 RAB
RAB
TMU13
TMU13 RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
M
M 00
M
M 11
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
RAB
OMU0
OMU0
OMU1
OMU1 PC0
PC0 PC9
PC9
nodeB (hybrid)
(hybrid)
nodeB
PP
intVR
Iub
IP
IP
PP
PP
Iub VR
R99 UP
CP
oam
tT: uPlane
iT: Iub
R99 traffic,
Signaling,
Oam
Hspa stream.
Hspa I/B (opt)
tT: iubUPint
Hspa I/B.
tT: rnc
LM
LM
PP
Oam VR
PP
PP
PP
(V)LAN
MPE
MPE
GigE
GigE xx
GigE
GigE xx
16pOC3
16pOC3
16pOC3
16pOC3
ATM
ATM
TEG
Figure 3-69 VR formation2 for hybrid Iub
3.4.8
PDR
Reference: [R161]
The Protected default route (PDR) is a layer3 sparing mechanism applying only to the IP default routes. It
guarantees a traffic disruption less than one second; this time includes the local failure detection and the
traffic diversion.
The PDR feature is supported for IP flows over the 4pGE FP.
Rule: IubTEG_PDR_1
The PDR is available only for IP route with nextHops over the 4pGE FP.
The PDR may be used for protection as long as:
- No routing protocol running on the RNC (Vr Ip Ospf ecmpStatus = disabled),
- The ECMP is deactivated (Vr Ip Static maxEcmpNextHops = 1)
Rule: IubTEG_PDR_2
When PDR is enabled, maxEcmpNextHops must be set to 1, Vr Ip Ospf ecmpStatus must be
disabled.
Only the VR default route (IP@=0.0.0.0, 0.0.0.0) can be used for the Protected Default Route.
Rule: IubTEG_PDR_3
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 149/240
If PDR is used, only the static default route is the protection route.
The VR default route acts as the protection default route since the protected attribute is set to yes (Vr Ip
Static Route protected).
Rule: IubTEG_PDR_4
For enabling the PDR, the RNC attribute Vr Ip Static Route protected must be set to yes against
the default route.
The RNC may be enable on up to 12 VR:
Rule: IubTEG_PDR_5
The RNC supports up to 12 VR with PDR enable.
The VR routing table is configured with the default route only.
Rule: IubTEG_PDR_6
It is not recommended to configure more specific routes when PDR active.
Remark: The ICMP heartbeat which is one trigger for PDR doesnt work on more specific IP route,
therefore PDR doesnt provide protection for more specific IP route when failure on a non adjacent layer2
segment.
The PDR provides protection against default route nextHop failure: On PDR morePreferred NH failure,
the IP traffic is diverted to the PDR lessPreferred NH.
For that several nextHops should be assigned to the default protected route.
RNC Iub VR routingTable:
VR /x
IP
Static
Route = 0.0.0.0, protected=yes
R
R 33
Y
IP@ 3-2
lan
Path 3
GE
PP3
Backhaul
Backhaul
NodeB
NodeB
VR
VR
= metric=1
PP1
IP@ 2-1
IP@ 2-2
lan
lan
lan
= metric=3
lan
Path 2
GE
GE
FP1
FP1
GE
R
R 11
Y
FP2
FP2
GE
SGSN
SGSN
= metric=2
IP@ 1-1
R
R 22
Y
PP2
IP@ 3-1
NodeB
NodeB
RNC
RNC
IP@ 1-2
lan
Path 1
GE
TEG
Figure 3-70 PDR with 3 routes and 3 routers
Comments:
Under normal condition:
- VR PP1 metric=1 is the PDR morePreferred route,
- VR PP2 metric=2 and PP3 metric=3 are the PDR lessPreferred route,
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 150/240
- The RNC forwards all the IP packets to router 1 through the NH1.
Under Path1 failure:
- The RNC forwards all the IP packets to the router 2 through NH2.
Under Path2 failure:
- The RNC forwards all the IP packets to the router 3 through NH3.
A protected static default route should be configured with several nextHops in such a way to be able to
divert the traffic to a PDR less preferred nextHop in case of failure of the PDR most preferred nextHop.
Whatever amount of nextHop(s) assigned to the protected default route, only one nextHop, the most
preferred, is active for forwarding the IP traffic. On failure of the more preferred nextHop, the IP traffic is
diverted on one of the less preferred nextHop(s).
Rule: IubTEG_PDR_7
Up to 4 nextHops may be assigned to a protected default route.
Each PDR nextHop belongs to different subnets as per the VR PP definition.
To provide maximum traffic protection, the different PDR nextHops should transmit over different paths
when available:
Rule: IubTEG_PDR_8
Each PDR nextHop should be configured over different Ethernet links from different 4pGE FP
and should be connected to different adjacent IP routers.
The duration of the failure detection and PDR IP traffic diversion from the failed nextHop to an active
nextHop is less than 1 second (with exception of the ICMP heartbeat trigger).
Preferred nextHop selection:
The paths configured under the default route can be assigned equal metrics; in this case the
first path that becomes available is selected to carry the traffic. Alternatively, the paths can be
assigned different metric, where the path with the lowest metric will carry traffic in a non
failure scenario.
PDR path recovery behavior, revertive mode:
- If all next hops have the same metric, the path selection under failure condition is nonrevertible. Meaning that when the failed path comes back to service the traffic will not be
reverted back to the original path.
- If different metric is assigned to the next hop, the path selection under failure condition is
revertible. This implies that if the path coming back to service after failure has a lower cost,
the traffic is reverted back to that path.
The WPS tools doesnt support the configuration of multiple PDR nextHops with the same metric,
as a consequence the non-revertive mode can not apply .
Triggers:
- Layer 1 failure (according to IEEE802.3),
LOS,
remote offline failure,
remote link failure,
autoNegotiation error.
- administrative locking of: GE port, VLAN, VR PP, IpPort (near and far End)
- The ICMP HeartBeat is a trigger for PDR, nevertheless this trigger doesnt guarantee a traffic
disruption less than 1 second.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 151/240
PDR/ARP:
In such a way to reduce the outage duration, the RNC may achieve the ARP operation for both
protected and unprotected routes present in the VR routing table before they are involved in the
traffic forwarding, at the RNC setup.
Such a behavior occurs when the RNC attribute Vr Ip preConfigFwdPath is set to enable.
Rule: IubTEG_PDR_9
The preConfigFwdPath attribute must be enabled for both protected and unprotected routes to
resolve ARP prior to route installation.
Ingress traffic handling when PDR:
The RNC VR handles the ingress IP traffic from both the morePreferred and the lessPreferred
path(s) whereas the RNC VR forwards the IP traffic on the PDR morePreferred path.
Two cases are taken into consideration:
1/ the ingress traffic is received on the PDR lessPreferred path whereas the egress
traffic is forwarded on the PDR morePreferred path:
Context: backbone diverting IP traffic on an alternative path.
This solution works.
2/ the ingress traffic is loadshared on PDR lessPreferred path and PDR morePreferred
path:
Without application protocol in charge of packet reordering, this solution presents risk
of mis-ordering.
3.4.9
ICMP HEARTBEAT
Reference: [R161]
As long as no IP routing protocol running on the RNC, the way to detect failure on the interface consists
in activating the ICMP heartbeat.
The ICMP heartbeat checks the continuity of the IP path between two adjacent IP nodes transparently
through the layer2 nodes. It allows the RNC to be aware about a failure occurring on a not-directlyconnected-to-RNC layer 2 interface:
RNC
RNC
Router
GE
GE
GE
GE
Eth
Eth
Bridge
Bridge
TEG
Remark: A robustness mechanism should be implemented in the routers, in such a way the routers are
able to divert the upLink traffic from one failed route to a backup route.
Rule: IubTEG_ICMP_1
The RNC supports the ICMP Heartbeat on the default route (0.0.0.0) only. Not supported on more
specific route.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 152/240
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 153/240
RNC NH
IP router
NH up
ICMP EchoRequest
ICMP EchoReply
Periodicity = 1 s
ICMP EchoRequest
ICMP EchoReply
Periodicity = 1 s
1s
deadInterval = 3 s
ICMP EchoRequest
ICMP EchoReply
1s
ICMP EchoRequest
ICMP EchoReply
ICMP EchoRequest
ICMP EchoReply
1s
NH down
ICMP EchoRequest
ICMP EchoReply
NH up
TEG
Figure 3-71 ICMP heartBeat algo
ICMP HeartBeat failure detection time:
ICMP HeartBeat failure detection time = 1s + deadInterval.
Taking into consideration the deadInterval (range: [3, 60 seconds] then the minimum ICMP
heatBeat failure detection time is 4 seconds.
Miscellaneous:
- TTL: The RNC inserts the ICMP hearbeat within an IP packet set with TTL=64,
- DSCP: The RNC marks the IP packet containing the ICMP hearbeat according to the attribute
value: Vr Dsd phbGeneralSource (phbG).
3.4.10 QOS
Reference: [R160]
The differentiedServices Qos model applies into the UTRAN network.
3.4.10.1
The Umts qos information taken into consideration by the RNC are:
- The TC (trafficClass): Conversational, Streaming, Interactive and Background,
- The ARP (AllocationPriorityPriority):
The ARP specifies the relative importance compared to other UMTS bearers for allocation
and retention of the UMTS bearers.
The ARP attribute is a subscription attribute which is not negotiated from the mobile
terminal.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 154/240
In situations where resources are scarce, the relevant network elements can use the ARP to
prioritize bearers with a high ARP value over bearers with a low ARP value when
performing admission control.
ARP range value: [1, 2, 3]
- The THP (TrafficHandlingPriority):
The THP specifies the relative importance for handling of all the SDU belonging to the radio
access bearer compared to the SDU of other bearers.
The THP applies only to the interactive trafficClass umts flows.
Within the interactive trafficClass, there is a definite need to differentiate between bearer
qualities. This is handled by using the THP attribute, to allow the RAN to schedule traffic
accordingly.
THP range value: [1, 2, 3], with THP=1 being the highest priority while THP= 3 being the
lowest priority.
Moreover the ALU RNC introduces one more qos information taken into consideration in the qos
mapping table:
- RbSetQos:
Traffic class
IUB interface
RbSetQos
R99
Conv
+cSRB+dSRB
R99 Streaming
R99 I/B
Hspa I/B+Streaming
Conversational
Common
Signaling
Streaming
Interactive
Background
Streaming
Interactive
Background
Since the Transport qos information are correctly mapped between each others, the final objective is to
mapped each different UMTS flows to a specific DSCP value in such a way each umts flow received the
expected qos treatment and is correctly marked.
The UMTS qos information are mapped to the Transport Qos information through the configurable
TransportMap RNC component.
3.4.10.2
DSCP VALUES
The list of the supported DSCP values is set per VR through DifferentiatedServicesDomain (dsd)
component.
Remark: Whatever IP over atm or IP over Ethernet utran interface, the differentiatedServicesDomain
must be configured at VR level.
DSD instance
multiService
DSCP
CSx, EF, AFxy, DE
classSelector
CSx
assuredForwarding
AFxy, CS6, DE
packetVoice
wirelessUmts
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 155/240
Custom
CS6, DE
Notes: x is in the range [0 to 7] for the CS DSCP, [1 to 4] for the AF DSCP, and y in the
range [1 to 3]. The CS0 is equivalent to Default DSCP then removed from the text.
Only one differentiatedServicesDomain instance can be set per VR and applies to all the VR ports.
Even if the DSD component is an optional Router component, it must be set in the Umts context:
Rule: IubTEG_Hybrid-RNC_Qos_8
The suggested DSD instance: multiService
Beside the non user IP packet tagging is specified when setting the following attributes:
- Vr Dsd phbRoutingSource (phbR): set with the DSCP value applying to the IP routing
packets. Range value: [EF, AFxy, CSx, DE).
- Vr Dsd phbGeneralSource (phbG): set with the DSCP value applying to the non user and non
routing IP packets, e.g.: applying to the ICMP echo request/reply IP packets. Range value:
[EF, AFxy, CSx, DE).
The qos treatment applying to the IP packets depends on the DSCP and how each DSCP value is mapped
to the FP Qos parameters, see3.4.1.1.4.
3.4.11 ROUTING:
On the RNC, no IP routing protocol is activated, the IP routing tables are manually configured.
Rule: IubTEG_Hybrid-RNC_Routing_1
No Routing protocol is activated, Static routes are used.
3.4.12 SIGTRAN/SCTP
The NBAP uses the services from the SCTP.
SCTP endPoints:
On the RNC Iub side, each TMU is a SCTP endpoint. The RNC Iub is composed of up to 12 SCTP
endpoints (TMU sparing scheme N+P, up to 12+2).
The RNC TMU SCTP endPoint acts as the SCTP client. The NodeB acts as the SCTP server. Therefore
the RNC initiates the SCTP Association.
One RNC TMU supports up to 200 nodeB then up to 200 SCTP Associations (3.3.15.1).
A nodeB is composed of one single SCTP endPoint (3.6.6).
SCTP port:
The RNC computes its own SCTP port per nodeB (on reception of the proprietary Attach_UDP message).
The SCTP port is computed based on the TMU instance allocated to the nodeB and the nodeB identifier
(IubIf). The RNC assigns one single dedicated SCTP ports per nodeB.
SCTP Association & Streams:
One single SCTP Association per NodeB is established whatever nodeBType (iNodeB, oneNodeB,
picoNodeB).
Within the per nodeB SCTP association, one UL stream and one DL stream are assigned per controlPort:
- Case of iBTS: 7 UL/DL streams are reserved (whatever amount of CEM populated)
o Stream 0 assigned to the CP (mandatory),
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 156/240
SCTP Timers:
It s suggested to apply same SCTP Timers values as those configured on the Iu and Iur interfaces.
The objective of these timer values is that the PDR is invoked before SCTP is aware about an interface
failure.
RNC, Iux SCTP timers and parameters
Recommended values Default values
Rfc values
ackDelay
200 ms
200 ms
heartbeatInterval
3000 ms
3000 ms
30 000 ms
retransmissionTimeOutInitial
1000 ms
3000 ms
3000 ms
retransmissionTimeOutMax
3200 ms
10000 ms
60 000 ms
maxPathRtx
retransmissionTimeOutMin
500 ms
800 ms
Table 30, SCTP Iub timer values
1000 ms
SCTP QOS:
The DSCP is configured per nodeB:
Parameter: RNC/NodeB/ sctpParams / sctpDscp, defaultValue=AF41
SCTP HeartBeat:
The SCTP mechanism on the RNC Iub is identical to the one on the RNC Iu interface [R2].
Proprietary Attach_UDP:
The RNC must be configured with its own UDP port involved in the proprietary Attach_UDP procedure.
Parameter: IubAttachUdpPortNumber. Default: 65534
The RNC UDP port is used destination UDP port within the Attach_UDP message sent by the nodeB.
Remark: The UDP port assigned to the proprietary_Attach_UDP is different from the UDP port
assigned to the UMTS_Prorietary_heartBeat (hybrid Iub).
Rule: IubTEG_IP-RNC_SCTP_1
The same UDP port value must be configured in both:
- The RNC / IubAttachUdpPortNumber parameter and
- The nodeB / AttachUdpPortNumber parameter.
SCTP Association establishment:
The SCTP Association establishment is initiated by the RNC on reception of the proprietary Attach_UDP
message received from the nodeB.
By sending the proprietary Attach_UDP message, the nodeB informs the RNC about its identity (IubIf),
IP@ and its own SCTP port.
On reception of the proprietary Attach_UDP message, the RNC:
Computes its own SCTP port dedicated to the nodeB. The SCTP port remains unchanged as
long as no modification of the iubIf value assigned to the nodeB.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 157/240
NodeB
NodeB
RNC
RNC OMU
OMU
RNC
RNC TMU
TMU
ATTACH UDP
NodeB Configuration:
- RNC OMU IP@,
- IubAttach UDP port,
- NodeB own telecom IP@
- nodeB own SCTP port,
- NodeBId = IubIf.
RNC Configuration:
- OMU IP@,
- TMU IP@ (for the Iub CP)
(OMU and TMU in same subnet).
- iubAttach UDP port,
- Iub Sctp param
- IubIf.
IP Packet Header:
- SA = nodeB IP@
- DA = RNC OMU IP@
UDP Header:
AttachTimeInterval.
SCTP INIT
RNC Operational:
- Received nodeB IP@ from SA,
-
SCTP ACK
-
- maxInStream, and maxOutStream
TEG
Figure 3-72, Iub SCTP Association establishment
Abnormal cases:
- On TMU Failure, the RNC allocates the standby TMU to the nodeB and re-establishes the
SCTP Association without waiting for a Attach_UDP message from the nodeB.
- If a SCTP association setup fails, the RNC doesnt initiate another SCTP setup to that NodeB,
until a new Attach_UDP message from the NodeB. The RNC expects the NodeB to
continuously send Attah_UDP until a SCTP association is successfully established.
OAM
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 158/240
RNC
RNC
PMC-OMU
PMC-OMU
NodeB 11
NodeB
PMC-OMU
PMC-OMU
oam IP@
LM
LM
FE
PP3
NodeB 33
NodeB
oam IP@
PP2
OAM
OAM VR
VR 00
IP Router
Router
IP
NodeB 22
NodeB
oam IP@
FE
CP
CP
CP
CP
Iub
PP6
PP7
(V)LAN
MPE/1002
OMC
Iu
AC1
AC1
CP & UP vcc
FE
GigE
GigE xx
GigE
GigE xx
GE
OAM vcc
atmIf
atmIf 815
815
atmIf
atmIf 815
815
ATM
ATM
STM1
TEG
Figure 3-73, nodeB & RNC oam inBand over atm
RNC
RNC
OMC
PMC-OMU
PMC-OMU
RNC oam
nodeB oam
outBand
Backbone
Backbone
PMC-OMU
PMC-OMU
CP
CP
CP
CP
LM
LM
NodeB 11
NodeB
PP3
PP2
oam IP@
OAM
OAM VR
VR 00
FE
NodeB 33
NodeB
IP Router
Router
IP
FE
IP Router
Router
IP
NodeB 22
NodeB
oam IP@
RNC oam
oam IP@
inBand
PP6
PP7
(V)LAN
(V)LAN
MPE/1002
AC1
AC1
GE
Iub
GE
FE
PP8
GigE
GigE yy
GigE
GigE yy
GigE
GigE xx
GigE
GigE xx
Iu
atmIf
atmIf 815
815
atmIf
atmIf 815
815
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 159/240
3.5
3.5.1
CARDS
Two kinds of nodeB card: the CEM and the CCM impact the NodeB Transport part.
3.5.1.1 CEM:
The CEM card is the gateway between radio and Iub interface. The amount of CEM cards per nodeB,
determines the call processing capacity of the NodeB.
Different kinds of CEM:
The NodeB may be populated with four kinds of CEM card:
- alphaCEM,
- iCEM64,
- iCEM128,
- xCEM.
All kind of CEM supports Hsupa traffic with exception of the alphaCEM.
Rule: IubTEG_ NodeB-CEM_02
The alphaCEM doesnt support hsupa traffic.
BBU Component:
The different kinds of CEM are populated with different amounts BBU components (BaseBandUnit) in
charge of handling the UMTS traffic:
- The iCEM64 is composed of one BBU,
- The iCEM128 is composed of two BBU.
BBU Role:
Each BBU component within a CEM is loaded with a BBU role; the different BBU roles:
- D-BBU: The BBU dedicated to the release99 traffic (dedicatedServices).
- H-BBU: The BBU dedicated to the hsdpa traffic,
- E-BBU: The BBU dedicated to the hsupa traffic.
Rule: IubTEG_ NodeB-CEM_03
The NodeB supports up to four E-BBU roles.
Remark: It is forecasted for UA6 that the NodeB supports up to 6 CEM loaded with E-BBU role.
One BBU component loaded with E-BBU role is able to handle simultaneously up to 15 hsupa legs.
Rule: IubTEG_ NodeB-CEM_04
One E-BBU handles up to 15 Hsupa simultaneous sessions.
Since UA5-0, an algorithm is in charge of assigning the different BBU roles to the CEM BBU
components. Therefore the kind of traffic handle by a CEM can not be predicted in configuration phase.
CCP Vcc:
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 160/240
Each CEM involved in release99 traffic or a mix of release99 and Hspa traffic is a point of termination of
one aal5 CCP Vcc. The CEM manages also the associated SSCOP connections.
The CEM involved only in hspa traffic dont require terminating one aal5 CCP Vcc.
Since the BBU role assignment to BBU component is devolved to an algorithm, no way to determine
which CEM requiring a ccp vcc and which CEM nor requiring ccp vcc.
As a consequence, it is recommended to configure as many ccp vcc as amount of CEM within the nodeB,
whatever the traffic handle by the CEM.
The ccp vcc configured on the CEM dedicated to hspa is set disable by the nodeB without alarm
generation.
Rule: IubTEG_ NodeB-CEM_01
One CCP Vcc is configured per CEM Card,
The CCP Vcc configured on the Iub interface is switched in the CCM to the CEM.
CEM Characteristics:
The iCEM64 is composed of one BBU component.
The iCEM64 handles one kind of traffic amongst three: Release99, hsdpa and hsupa traffics, according to
the BBU role loaded.
The iCEM64 capacity is up to 15 simultaneous hsupa legs.
The iCEM128 is composed of 2 BBU components.
- The iCEM128 handles either:
- Simultaneously two kinds of traffic amongst three: Release99, hsdpa and hsupa
traffics according to the two different BBU roles loaded, or
- One kind of UMTS traffic, if both BBU are loaded with the same BBU role:
Release99 or hsdpa.
- One iCEM128 can not be populated with two E-BBU s.
- The iCEM128 capacity is up to 15 simultaneous hsupa legs.
The xCEM supports up to 1 E-BBU, and up to 64 hsupa legs..
Rule: IubTEG_ NodeB-CEM_05
The iCEM128 may be loaded with only one E-BBU role.
Slot 1
Slot 2
D-BBU
iCEM64
H-BBU
NA
E-BBU
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 161/240
iCEM128
Slot 1
Slot 2
D-BBU
D-BBU
D-BBU
H-BBU
H-BBU
D-BBU
H-BBU
H-BBU
D-BBU
E-BBU
E-BBU
D-BBU
E-BBU
E-BBU
E-BBU
H-BBU
H-BBU
E-BBU
3.5.1.2 CCM:
For Card hardware aspects see [R100]
The atm nodeB supports two kinds of xCCM: iCCM and xCCM.
The ip nodeB supports only the xCCM.
The atm & hybrid nodeB populated with xCCM+E1/T1MDA then supports 8 E1, two IMA linkGroups
and two FastEthernet copper accesses.
The xCCM provides a 100Mbps Ethernet port; anyway the ThroughPut is limited to 30 Mbps in DL and
15Mbps in UL.
3.5.2
PDH LAYER:
The NodeB provides both atm and ethernet accesses.
A NodeB may be populated with up to eight E1/T1 links.
The NodeB supports the CRC4. Two modes of configuration:
- A fix configuration: the nodeB is configured with CRC4 activated or not activated, thanks to the
parameter ReceiveCRC = 0 or 1,
- An automatic configuration: the nodeB is configured in such a way that the CRC4 activation is
conditioned by the presence of the CRC4 in the received multiframe. For that the NodeB
E1pcmFrame parameter is set with the value: multiframeAuto, the ReceiveCRC parameter is
ignored.
3.5.3
SYNCHRONISATION
The nodeB is synchronized either from:
- A reference clock given by a stratum 1 clock source, or
- A connected Iub E1.
In the context of synchronization on Iub E1, and CP vcc configured over a single E1 (xPCM) then the E1
where is configured the CP vcc is considered per default as the E1 clock reference.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 162/240
3.5.4
ATM CONNECTIONS:
AtmConnection identifier range:
Rule: IubTEG_ NodeB-atm_01
Vpi range: [ 0 to 7]:
- Up to 8 Vpi values can be configured simultaneously.
- The same vpi value may be configured simultaneously on the IMA group and
on multiPcm E1.
Vci range: [ 0 to 255].
3.5.5
ATM CAC
The atm CAC (connection AdmissionControl) is an algorithm invoked during pvc provisioning.
The atm CAC verifies that the bandwidth required for the new atmConnection is below than bandwidth
available on the physical link.
Per atmConnection, based on the trafficDescriptor values, the atm CAC calculates the ECR
(EquivalentCellRate). The atm CAC considers the ECR value as the bandwidth required for an
atmConnection.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 163/240
3.5.6
ATM OAM
On the reception of F5 AIS, the nodeB generates an alarm.
The NodeB transmits an atm OAM RDI signal on reception of atm OAM AIS.
Nevertheless the NodeB is not yet able to initiate a RDI on reception of Transmission OAM defect signal
or since aware about LOS condition.
On reception of F4 AIS, the nodeB doesnt generate an alarm.
No counter related F4/F5 signals is available.
The NodeB autonomously configures the EndToEnd F4 OAM vcc (see 4 for release compliancy). This
OAM flow terminates at the vpc endpoint. EndToEnd F4 OAM vcc is identified by vci=4.
The NodeB autonomously configures the Segment F4 OAM vcc (see 4 for release compliancy). This
OAM flow terminates at the OAM boundary. Segment F4 OAM vcc is identified by vci=3.
The F4 OAM vcc is configured with UBR serviceCategory to avoid bandwidth reservation.
The endToEnd F4 OAM vcc is initiated in the nodeB, and terminates in the RNC.
The segment F4 OAM vcc is initiated in the nodeB and terminates within the boundary of the vpc
segment. A vpc segment is under control of Network Administration. The POC may be the boundary of
the vpc segment, therefore node where Segment F4 OAM vcc terminates.
3.5.7
MULTIPCM
The NodeB Iub interface is configured either with IMA linkGroup, xPcm or a mix of IMA and xPcm.
For the E1 not inserted within an IMA linkGroup, configured in xPcm mode, the vcc are distributed on
each E1 link.
The Oam vcc is configured on the pcm 1 per default (in factory).
The others vcc are distributed over the different pcm in such a way to satisfy robustness and load
balancing:
- the CP vcc is configured on a Pcm, different from those supporting oam vcc,
- the CCP vcc are distributed over the different available pcm,
- one up ds vcc and one up nds vcc are configured per pcm.
- If hspa configured over xPcm, then 1 hspa vcc is configured per pcm.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 164/240
Exemple:
- 6 pcm,
- NodeB with 5 CEM,
- 1 Hspa vcc over one shared Pcm together with release99 vcc, the RNC BwPool must be
set in accordance.
- 1 Hspa vcc over one dedicated Pcm in such a way to avoid congestion, the RNC
BwPool must be set in accordance.
The following table provides an exemple of the vcc distribution:
PCM 1
1 oam vcc
PCM 2
1 cp vcc
PCM 3
PCM 4
PCM5
1 ccp vcc
1 ccp vcc
1 ccp vcc
1 ccp vcc
1 ccp vcc
1 up ds vcc
1 up ds vcc
1 up ds vcc
1 up ds vcc
1 up ds vcc
1 up nds vcc
1 up nds vcc
1 up nds vcc
1 up nds vcc
1 up nds vcc
1 hspa vcc
3.5.8
PCM6
1 hspa vcc
FRACTIONAL E1/T1
Fractional E1/T1 [R46 & R93] Transport feature is used for umts Drop&Insert feature.
Drop&Insert is available on single port E1/T1 (combination of Fractional Rate E1/T1 for UMTS and aal1
CES cross connect for GSM IBTS).
NodeB CCM card supports fractional E1/T1.
Rule: IubTEG_D&I_01
Only one link (E1/T1) may be used in a nodeB toward the RNC, if configuring Drop&Insert.
Let us called:
- The droppedNode: node at the end of the chain, where fractional E1/T1 is configured.
- The droppingNode: node which inserts on the link its own SDUs and SDUs received from the
dropped node.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 165/240
Dropped NodeB
Dropping NodeB
E1 n1
E1 n2
NodeB
N2
NodeB
N1
TDM
backbone
UMTS IBTS
1 Fract E1
14 TS
TDM
backbone
UMTS IBTS
1 Fract E1
12 TS
RNCANode
RNCINode
e/w MSA 32
with STM-1
Example:
NodeB N1 Iub ATM stream from 12 TS (E1 n1, TS 2-13) is sent over STM1 to RNC-IN,
E1 N2 :
STM-1:
Aggregation traffic from many IBTS including the ones from other MSA (full
or fractional E1).
Rule: IubTEG_D&I_02
- D&I of 2 nodeB max,
- Only one E1 is supported (fractional E1):
- UMTS nodeB requires at least 12 TS on E1 for delay reason,
- At MSA 32E1 port level : AAL1 CES must be used to do TDM cross connect ,
- D/I is not supported with NodeB multiPCM configuration.
- Maximum number of timeslots per nodeB is 18.
- A nodeB traffic flow may not use consecutive TimeSlots.
- Drop&Insert and IMA can not be configured together.
- Connectivities:
o On droppedNode, PCM1 port is configured
o On droppingNode, PCM2 port is configured toward the droppedNode
and PCM1 is configured toward the RNC.
Remarks:
Maximum number of available E1 TS is 30 since TS0 and 16 are reserved [R47].
An Hairpin must be added on MSA32 card because MSA32 port can handle only 1 ATM interface :
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 166/240
RNC-ANode
32 Timeslots
ATM1
Not used
MSA32 card
Node-B 1
Node-B 2
CCM
CCM
ATM1
E1
ATM1
32 Timeslots
Not used
32 Timeslots
Not used ATM2 Not used
E1
32 Timeslots
ATM2
32 Timeslots
Not used ATM2 Not used
ATM / Fractional E1
Timeslot Cross Connect
Cross Connect & ATM Fract E1
Dropped NodeB
Dropping NodeB
T1 n1
T1 n2
UMTS
IBTS N2
UMTS
IBTS N1
TDM
backbone
UMTS IBTS
TST1
112
Fract
14 TS
TDM
backbone
OC-3/T1
connector
RNC
UMTS IBTS
12 TS
1 Fract T1
14 TS
Rule: IubTEG_D&I_03
- D&I of 2 nodes B max,
- Only one T1 is supported (fractional T1):
- UMTS node B requires 12 TS on T1 for delay reason,
- D/I is not supported with NodeB multiPCM configuration.
- A nodeB traffic flow may not use consecutive TimeSlots.
- Drop&Insert and IMA can not be configured together.
- Connectivities:
o On droppedNode, PCM1 port is configured
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 167/240
Remarks:
- F4/F5 AIS dedicated to dropped NodeB Atm connections go through the dropping nodeB.
- The POC based on MSS7k is not involved in T1 D&I, since doesnt provide T1 access.
UMTS
GSM
BTS
NodeB
E1 n1
UMTS IBTS
1 Fract E1
22 TS
1 Fract E1
8 TS
GSM BTS
1 Fract E1
15 TS
TDM backbone
shared between
UMTS & GSM
TDM
backbone
E1 n2
e/w MSA 32
with STM-1
E1 n6
TDM
backbone
GSM
BTS
RNC-ANode
E1 n4
E1 n5
BSC
GSM
UMTS E1 n3
NodeB 1 Fract E1
BTS
15 TS
GSM BTS
2 Fract E1
10 + 8 TS
E1 n7
One E1 link is shared between one GSM BTS and one NodeB:
Example:
MSA32 splits GSM and UMTS traffic from 2 incoming E1
E1 N1:
8 GSM TS (TS 1, 5-11) are mapped onto TS1 and TS5-TS11 of E1 N6.
-
NodeB ATM stream from 22 TS (E1 N1 TS 2-4, 12-15, 17-31) is sent over
STM-1 to RNC.
E1 N2:
- 15 GSM TS (TS 2, 17-30) are switched on E N 4 and then mapped onto
TS1-TS15 of E1 N7.
E1 N3:
- NodeB stream from 15 TS (E1 N3 TS 17-31) is switched on E1 N5 and
then sent over STM-1 to RNC.
E1 N4:
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 168/240
10 GSM TS (TS 1, 5-13) are mapped onto TS2 and TS17-TS26 of E1 N6.
Remarks:
- GSM BTS must be the dropping node, in order to not perturb GSM traffic,
- Maximum number of available E1 TS is 30 since TS0 and 16 are reserved [R47].
- Fractional rate E1 access is available on MSA32 FP which populates the MSS7k.
Fractional T1:
One T1 link is shared between one GSM BTS and one NodeB:
Rule: IubTEG_D&I_05
- GSM BTS must be the dropping node, whereas the UMTS NodeB must be the
dropped node.
- Maximum guaranteed configuration 2 dropped nodes: 1 GSM BTS and 1 UMTS
nodeB. The dropping node being a GSM BTS.
- D/I is not supported with NodeB multiPCM configuration, or BTS multiPCM.
- Number of TS for UMTS is 12 to insure acceptable delay; therefore up to 12 TS are
available for GSM.
- The GSM and UMTS TS can be non consecutive.
- Drop&Insert and IMA can not be configured together.
- Connectivities:
o On droppedNode, PCM1 port is configured,
o On droppingNode, PCM2 port is configured toward the droppedNode and
PCM1 is configured toward the RNC.
Remarks:
- GSM BTS must be the dropping node, in order to not perturb GSM traffic,
- Maximum number of available T1 TS is 24.
- Fractional T1 is not available on 4 ports DS3ch IMA nor on 4 port DS3ch CES.
3.5.9
IMA
The IMA (Inverse Multiplexing Atm) sets together multiple E1/T1 physical links into a single atm high
speed link. This link is called an IMA linkGroup.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 169/240
IMA linkGroup
NodeB
NodeB
IMA linkGroup
Up to8 E1
IMA linkGroup
IMA linkGroup
NodeB
NodeB
E1
RNC
RNC
POC
POC
POC
POC
IMA linkGroup
NodeB
NodeB
E1
Stm1
3.5.9.1 SYNCHRONISATION
Two ways of managing clock are suggested:
- CTC (CommonTransmitClock): the same transmitClock applies for all links within the IMA
linkGroup.
- ITC (IndependentTransmitClock): transmitClock is independently derived from one or several
links within an IMA linkGroup.
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 170/240
The iCCM support the two IMA versions 1.1 and 1.0, and provides the ability to fallback from
IMA version 1.1 to IMA version 1.0.
Information convey in ICP cells:
- Logical link Identifier: identification of the physical link within the IMA linkGroup, this value is
negotiated between the two Atm IMA nodes.
- LinkGroup Identifier,
- configuration,
- synchronization,
- status and
- defect information
An IMA linkGroup is managed by means of the ICP (IMA ControlProtocol).
ATM cells being transmitted over a link are distributed into IMA frames containing 128 cells; one ICP
cell is inserted within each frame on a physical link.
IMA Frame 0
ICP
Link 0
127 ICP
128 cells
ICP
IMA Frame 2
127 ICP
128 cells
127
ICP
127
128 cells
127
ICP
127
ATM node
ATM node
IMA Frame 1
Link 1
IMA
Where:
- IDCR: IMA Data Cell rate, cell capacity of a physical link
- TRLCR: TimingReferenceLinkCellRate, link cell rate without IMA.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 171/240
Table below provides IDCR for E1 and T1, in the last column is taken into account
MininimumBandwidthGuaranty = 2% reserved for RNC EmissionPriority7 (OAM vcc):
Link type #TimeSlots User throughPut TRLCR
w/o IMA (kb/s)
(Cell/s)
IDCR
(kb/s)
IDCR IDCR-MBG
(cells/s)
(cells/s)
E1
30
1920
4528
1904
4490
4400
T1
24
1536
3622
1523
3591
3519
For IMA LG Bandwidth Reduction/Restoration mechanisms, see the RNC/IMA and the NodeB/IMA.
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 172/240
Node characteristics:
The nodeB allows configuration of the maxDiffDelay up to 25 ms.
The 7670 is conformed to the atmForum.
The Passport nodes terminating an IMA LG are configured with the maximum tolerated
IMA differentialDelay through the MML:
ATTRIBUTE Lp Ima maxDiffDelay (delay), Range Values: [1..100 ms], Default value:
25 ms.
Remark:
The peer IMA endPoint nodes may be configured with different max differential delay values.
All the aal2 vcc, with exception of the qos3 vcc within a sharedForAllTrafficTypes bwPool, are set with
an holdingPriority in the range [1, 16], then these aal2 vcc are candidate to release in case of link failure.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 173/240
- On link failure, the nodeB releases all the aal2 vcc with the highest holdingPriority
value, whatever the type of aal2 vcc (qos0, qos1, qos2 or qos3 vcc) and whatever
amount of vcc,
- On link restoration, the nodeB restores all the aal2 vcc with the lowest holdingPriority
value, whatever the type of aal2 vcc (qos0, qos1, qos2 or qos3 vcc) and whatever
amount of vcc.
Furthermore since the nodeB has released some vcc, it notifies the RNC about vcc deactivation by means
of the atm oam signals. The RNC is indeed aware about the amount of active aal2 vcc then it can deduce
the nodeB actual bandwidth taking into account the vcc trafficDescriptor.
To avoid that one E1 failure causes a complete traffic type interruption, it is recommended to replicate
each kind aal2 vcc and to assign them different HP values.
Aal2 vcc amount:
To take benefit of the nodeB IMA defense mechanism, it is necessary to replicate the aal2 vcc,
in such a way when part of the IMA linkGroup E1 fails, then each kind of aal2 traffic can still
be handling on a lower bandwidth:
Case of IMA Group associated to a sharedForTrafficTypes bwPool:
Up to four types of aal2 vcc (qos0, qos1, qos2 and qos3 vcc) are configured over the
IMA group. The amount of configured aal2 vcc per type depends on the amount of
E1 within the IMA group and if the hspa streaming traffic is handle by the nodeB:
- For each E1 within an IMA group, a set of userPlane vcc is configured. A set of
userPlane vcc is composed of one or several vcc, one or different type of vcc
(qos0, qos1, qos2 or qos3 vcc).
- Within the nodeB all the vcc within a set of userPlane vcc are set with the same
holdingPriority value.
Rule: IubTEG_NodeB-IMA_3
The same HP value is assigned to all the aal2 vcc within a set of vcc.
Different HP values must be assigned to the aal2 vcc within different set of vcc.
Furthermore, within the RNC, the trafficDescriptor against the userPlane vcc
belonging to a set of userPlane vcc are set in such a way:
Furthermore within the RNC, the rtVbr, nrtVbr or UBR+/MDCR is assigned to each
qos3 vcc, the trafficDescriptor assigned to each qos3 vcc are set in such a way qos3
vcc ECRgcac = E1 bandwidth minus E1 bandwidth portion reserved for the signaling.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 174/240
set of userPlane vcc ECRgcac = E1 bandwidth minus E1 bandwidth portion reserved for
the signaling.
The HP values are suggested in 5.5.1.
NodeB IMA Defense Activation/desactivation:
The nodeB IMA Defence mechanism is activated as an option at the OMC-B thanks to the
parameter: IMAGroup/imaDefenseDelay present at the OMCB:
- IMAGroup/imaDefenseDelay = unset, means the defense mechanism is desactivated,
- IMAGroup/imaDefenseDelay = x, indicates the delay the nodeB introduced between the
link failure event and the invocation of the Defence mechanism. If x=0, the nodeB starts
the defense mechanism since aware about the bandwidthReduction.
Triggers:
The nodeB releases some vcc in the following context:
- PCM LOS condition observed locally,
- PCM manually locked,
- Aal2 Vcc creation,
- Reception of ICP cell with physicalDefect information (case of PCM LOS observed by
the farEnd node).
The nodeB restores some vcc in the following context:
- PCM recovery,
- PCM manually unlocked
- Aal2 Vcc deletion.
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 175/240
Either all the NodeB is synchronized on a reference clock given by a stratum one clock
source, or
One Iub E1 is chosen as the clock reference. The E1 designated as the clock reference must be
the E1 transported within the backbone over the media the less impacting in terms of delay,
e.g.: preferred E1 over leased line instead of E1 over DSL.
IMA:
It is still recommended to activate the IMA Defense on the NodeB side.
Hspa vcc amount:
- If the IMA linkGroup is dedicated to the Hspa traffic, it is recommended to configure as many
hspa vcc as amount of E1 within the IMA linkGroup, in such a way to relay on the nodeB
IMA defense mechanism.
- If the IMA linkGroup is shared between Hspa and Release99 traffic, the amount of hspa vcc
results from the need of simultaneous aal2 CID. One or two hspa vcc may be required (NodeB
hspa cac constraint).
- Over an E1 in a xPcm mode, only one Hspa vcc is enough.
Application exemples:
- The Release99 userPlane vcc, the signaling vcc and the oam vcc are configured on the
independent E1, whereas the hspa vcc are configured on the IMA LG.
The distribution of the Release99 userPlane vcc and the signaling vcc over the E1 in xPcm mode is
done as for the xPcm configuration, see 3.5.7.
3.5.11 QOS
The QOS is configured in the nodeB through the NodeB proprietary serviceCategory parameter, which is
an extension of the AtmForum serviceCategory.
List of the NodeB proprietary serviceCategory parameter values:
- CBR, CBR1, CBR2, CBR3,
- VBRrt, VBRrt1, VBRrt2, VBRrt3
- VBRnrt0, VBRnrt, VBRnrt2, VBRnrt3,
- UBR0, UBR1, UBR, UBR3,
- UBRPlus0, UBRPlus1, UBRPlus, UBRPlus3.
The highest priority is given to the CBR vcc and the lowest priority is given to the UBR vcc.
For vcc configured with the same AtmForum serviceCategory, the highest priority is given to the xBR0
vcc and the lowest priority is given to the xBR3 vcc.
The UBR and UBRPlus NodeB proprietary serviceCategory parameter values (without a numerical
suffix) are considered priority 2.
-
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 176/240
suggested SC
in the network
VCC
ProprietarySC parameter
configured in the NodeB
qos0 vcc
rtVbr
UBR1
qos2 vcc
nrtVBR
UBR
qos3 vcc
UBR
UBRPlus3 (MCR)
CP
rtVbr
UBR1
CCP
rtVbr
UBR1
alcap
rtVbr
UBR1
OAM
UBR
UBRPlus3 (MCR)
/2/
suggested SC
in the network
VCC
ProprietarySC parameter
configured in the NodeB
qos0 vcc
cbr
UBR0
qos1 vcc
rtVbr
UBR1
qos2 vcc
nrtVBR
UBR
qos3 vcc
UBR
UBRPlus3 (MCR)
CP
rtVbr
UBR1
CCP
rtVbr
UBR1
Alcap
rtVbr
UBR1
OAM
UBR
UBRPlus3 (MCR)
/2/
Remarks:
- The NodeB proprietary SC UBR means priority:2; the NodeB proprietary SC UBRPlus
means priority:2
- The qos3 vcc carries both hspa user traffic and hspa flowControl traffic. In such a way to
guarantee a minimum bandwidth for flowControl, a MCR value is assigned to Hsdpa Vcc.
NodeB QOS handling:
- The UBRx vcc and the UBRPlusx vcc get the same priority,
- Assuming two vcc configured with the same proprietary SC, if there are cells in both vcc
queues, the nodeB scheduler considers each queue with the same weight, indeed one cell is
extracted from first queue, then one cell from the second queue, then one cell is extracted
from first queue,
-
SC configured in NodeB
Proprietary SC
qos0 vcc
rtVBR
rtVbr
qos1 vcc
nrtVBR
nrtVbr
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 177/240
qos3 vcc
Ubr
Ubr3
CP
rtVBR
rtVbr
CCP
rtVBR
rtVbr
Alcap
rtVbr
rtVbr
OAM
UBR+
UBRPlus
3.5.12.1
MCR:
(see 4)
To avoid lowest priority vcc traffic starvation by highest priority vcc traffic, a MCR
(MinimumCellRate) value is configured on lowest priority vcc to guarantee a minimum bandwidth.
The MCR parameter is configured for UBR+ vcc.
The MCR is taken into account by CAC; UBR+ Vcc ECR = MCR.
MCR is not involved in TrafficShaping; whatever the MCR value, an UBR+ vcc may transmit at
linkRate.
Even if a lower priority vcc is configured with a MCR, a higher priority vcc is able to use the
complete link bandwidth, if available.
The MCR parameter may be configured against aal5 and aal2 vcc.
In the nodeB, the MCR value is configured against an UBR+ vcc through the vcc SCR parameter.
Indeed for a UBR+ vcc the SCR parameter is filled with the expected MCR value whereas for vcc
configured with another serviceCategory the SCR parameter is filled with the expected SCR value.
For an UBR+ vcc, the nodeB accepts only SCR filled with a nonzero value, rejects the SCR=0.
How to configure the MCR value through OMC-B, and impact on NodeB:
Rule: IubTEG_NodeB-TM_1
On OMC-B
Results on NodeB:
UBR, SCR=0
UBR, SCR=0, MCR=mcr with mcr <> 0
UBR
UBR+, MCR=scr
UBR+, MCR=scr
UBR+ , MCR=SCR=0
Error
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 178/240
3.5.12.2
TRAFFIC SHAPING
In first UMTS Releases, trafficShaping was always activated at VC level. It becomes optional in last
UMTS Releases (see 4).
Since trafficShaping becomes optional,
- Activation of trafficShaping in NodeB consists in setting serviceCategory and proprietary SC
values indicated in rule Iub_NodeB-QOS_1.
- Non activation of trafficShaping in nodeB consists in setting serviceCategory and proprietary
SC values indicated in rule Iub_NodeB-QOS_2.
Remarks:
To remove TrafficShaping on NodeB, serviceCategory are change to UBR/UBR+, nevertheless keeps
on other Iub Atm nodes Iub recommended serviceCategory values, as indicated in rule Iub_NodeBQOS_2 column SC recommended for the interface.
Moreover when removing trafficShaping in nodeB:
Rule: IubTEG_NodeB-TM_3
- For UBR VCC, set SCR=MBS=0 on nodeB,
- For UBR+ VCC, set SCR and MCR according to rule Iub_NodeB-TM_1.
- Set PCR = LinkRate when IMA is not configured,
- Set PCR = [IMA LinkGroup Bandwidth IMA overhead], when IMA is configured. (see IMA).
Remarks:
PCR is still used for regulating Egress traffic, then set PCR to the interface bandwidth.
Rule: IubTEG_NodeB-TM_4
A mix of shaped atmConnections and notShaped atmConnections is not allowed on nodeB.
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 179/240
3.5.14 ALCAP
The NodeB allows establishment of the aal2 connections either using the Nbap (UA5 behaviour) or the
Alcap protocol.
The choice of the protocol used for the aal2 connections establishment is determined by the setting of the
AlcapActivation parameter.
Rule: IubTEG_NodeB-Alcap_1
The nodeB AlcapActivation parameter must be set to true, for running Alcap protocol. Else the
aal2 callControl is achieved by NBAP.
It is mandatory to activate the Alcap protocol on the Iub interface.
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 180/240
3.6
3.6.1
Iub connectivities
xCCM/xCCM-U
Atm nodeB
4 PCM
Hybrid nodeB
4 PCM + 1 FE
8 PCM
+ 4 E1/T1 MDA
4 PCM
xCCM/xCCM-U
4 PCM
4 PCM
4 PCM + 1 FE
16 PCM
+ 12 E1/T1 MDA
12 PCM
xCCM / xCCM-U
4 PCM
Step1
12 PCM
4 PCM + FE
4 PCM
+ GE MDA
xCCM / xCCM-U
4 PCM
Step2
4 PCM
4 PCM
+ GE MDA
1 GE
8 PCM
+ 1 FE
16 PCM
+ 1 FE
Native IP
nodeB
1 FE (+ 4 PCM)
1 FE (+ 4 PCM)
4 PCM
+ 1 FE
FE + (4 PCM)
4 PCM
+ 1 GE
(4 PCM)
1 GE
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 181/240
I&C Parameter:
Ports enable:
bit 0
motherBoard FE (2)
This command is taken into consideration by the nodeB after nodeB reset.
One of the enable ports is used for Iub interface.
NodeB
NodeB
MotherBoard
MotherBoard
44 PCM
PCM
FE
FE
Iub
GE
GE MDA
MDA
SFP1
SFP1
SFP2
SFP2
RJ45
RJ45
- To enable Iub over either ethernet FE or GE, set the Bts Equipment parameter with value 2 or 3:
Field name
3.6.2
ETHERNET
Ethernet frames:
The NodeB transmits and receives ethernet v2 frames.
The NodeB handles the received IEEE802.3 frames but not transmits 802.3 frames.
Per definition:
- An ethernet v2 frame is fill with the EthernetType/Length field value > x0600.
- An IEEE 802.3 frame is fill with the EthernetType/Length field value < x05DC.
autoNegotiation:
On the GE MDA:
- The RJ45 and the SFP electrical ports port supports auto-negotiation,
- The SFP optical ports support partly auto-negotiation.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 182/240
In the context of NodeB PTP over Ethernet (ptpStack=1), the nodeb reachs the PTP timeserver(s)
through an Ethernet backbone, the nodeB must be configured with the main timeserver MAC@ and
with the fallback timeserver MAC@ if present.
Rule: IubTEG_NodeB_Ethernet_1
If ptpStack=1 (PTP over Eth) then the nodeB must be configured with the main
timeserver MAC@ and with the fallback timeserver MAC@ if present.
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 183/240
All the ethernet frames transmitted by the nodeB are tagged with the same vlanId
whatever the payload is UP, CP, ptp or Oam. The default vlanId is the
nodeBOamVlanId.
- 2 Vlan:
- 1 telecom Vlan: the ethernet frames with telecom payload (CP+UP) are tagged
with the telecom dedicated vlanId
- 1 oam+PTP Vlan: the Ethernet frames with oam and PTP payload are tagged
with the oam dedicated vlanId.
- 3 Vlan:
- 1 telecom Vlan: the ethernet frames with telecom payload (CP+UP) are tagged
with the telecom dedicated vlanId
- 1 PTP Vlan: the Ethernet frames with PTP payload are tagged with the ptp
dedicated vlanId.
- 1 oam Vlan: the Ethernet frames with oam payload are tagged with the oam
dedicated vlanId.
NodeB vlan parameter values according to the vlan formation:
Vlan formation:
No Vlan
1 Vlan
1 telecom vlan
1 oam&ptp vlan
1 telecom vlan
1 oam vlan
1 ptp vlan
isTelecomInVlan
1 (sameAsOam)
2 (other)
2 (other)
telecomVlanId
na
na
Telecom vlanId
Telecom vlanId
isPtpInVlan
1 (sameAsOam)
1 (sameAsOam)
2 (other)
ptpVlanId
na
na
na
Ptp vlanId
Parameters:
Remarks:
- The values isTelecomInVlan = 1 and isPtpInVlan = 1 are forbidden in the
context of Hybrid Iub.
- The parameter ptpVlanId doesnt apply in the context of Hybrid Iub.
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 184/240
P-Tag
EF
AF4x
AF3x
AF2x
AF1x
DE
CS6
CS7
The Priority tagging may be activated within the nodeB whereas the vlan tagging is disable:
Rule: IubTEG_NodeB_Ethernet_3
To perform the priority tagging without Q-Tagging:
- the vlan tagging must be enabled and
- oam vlanId set to Zero.
Remark: on Vlan activation, the priority tagging is disabled per default, the transmitted ethernet
frames are tagged with P-Tag=0.
3.6.2.5 HUBBING
3.6.3
IP
IPv4 supported. IP v6 not supported.
The IP MTU is configurable on both hybrid and native IP nodeB. The NodeB configured MTU applies to
all kinds of IP traffic forwarded by the nodeB on the Iub interface with exception of the PTP traffic.
Parameter: MTUSize, range = [541, 1500 bytes], default= 1500 bytes.
Remarks:
- It is expected that the IP packets with PTP payload are small size (541 bytes), reason why the
MTUSize parameter doesnt apply to PTP IP traffic.
- Jumbo frames are not supported.
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 185/240
1 IP@
1 telecom IP@
1 oam&ptp IP@
1 telecom IP@
1 oam IP@
1 ptp IP@
Parameters:
I&C oam IP@, default IP@:
nodeB oam IP@
Sub-net mask
Telecom IP@:
False
True
telecomNodebIp@
Na
Telecom IP@
telecomNodebSubnetMask
Na
Telecom subnetMask
isSpecificTelecomNodebIp@Used
PTP IP@:
False
False
ptpNodebIpAddress
Na
Na
ptp IP@
ptpNodebIpSubnetMask
na
na
ptp subnetMask
isSpecificPTPNodebIpAddressUsed
True
The whole telecom traffic (controlPlane and userPlane) is initiated and terminates on the same
nodeB IP@, either the nodeB telecom IP@ or the nodeB oam IP@.
Rule: IubTEG_NodeB_IP_4
When the nodeB is configured with several own IP@, each IP@ must belong to
different subnets.
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 186/240
- If 2 Vlan (1 telecom vlan & 1 oam/ptp vlan), the nodeB must be configured with 2
own IP@ (1 telecom own IP@ & 1 oam/ptp own IP@),
- If 3 Vlan (1 telecom vlan, 1 oam vlan & 1 ptp vlan), the nodeB must be configured
with 3 own IP@ (1 telecom own IP@, 1 oam own IP@ & 1 ptp own IP@).
Remark: this rule results from test limitation, not from technical limitation.
DHCP:
The DHCP may be used for nodeB oam IP@ assignment, case of nativeIP, hybrid and atm
nodeB.
The DHCP must not be used for nativeIP and hybrid nodeB telecom IP@ assignment.
Parameter: IPRAN/dhcpUsed
I&C parameter.
PTP:
In the context of NodeB PTP over UDP/IP (ptpStack=0), the nodeB reachs the PTP
timeserver(s) through an Ethernet or IP backbone, the nodeB must be configured with
the main timeserver IP@ and with the fallback timeserver IP@ if present.
Parameters: ptpPreferredTimeServerIpAddress and ptpFallBackTimeServerIpAddress.
Rule: IubTEG_NodeB_IP_6
If ptpStack=0 (PTP over UDP/IP) then the nodeB must be configured with the main
timeserver IP@ and with the fallback timeserver IP@ if present.
The telecom destination hosts IP@ is not configured, the RNC transmits to the nodeB through
NBAP protocol the IP@ of the RNC Host in charge of handling the call. The NodeB
forwarding table must be configured in such a way to be able to route these IP@.
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 187/240
The gateway IP@ assigned to the PTP route, is the IP@ of the adjacent IP router port
(case of IP backbone on the Iub) or the timeserver IP@ (case of Ethernet backbone
on the Iub).
A subnet size /30 is enough as long as no specific IP backbone feature activated.
Remark: with exception of the telecom contolPlane, this section applies also to the hybrid
nodeB.
3.6.3.4 QOS:
RNC
TEG
The DSCP is configured for the IP packets with a payload other than userPlane.
The parameter: IP RAN DSCP is used to assign a DSCP value to each kind of nodeB traffic:
NodeB traffic
Default DSCP
Telecom CP (SCTP)
AF41
AF41
PTP highPriority
CS7
PTP lowPriority
oam
DE
Remark: Each DSCP value is mapped to one P-Tag value if Ethernet P-Tagging is enabled.
3.6.3.4.2 QUEUEING
The nodeB supports 8 EP (EmissionPriority): EP0 to EP7.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 188/240
DSCP
EP
Qsize%
CIR%
PIR%
PTP
CS7
10
Conversational
EF
20
20
Dedicated SRB
CS6
20
Streaming + SCTP
AF4
17
25
R99 I/B
AF3+AF2
35
100
AF2+DE
45
100
Remarks:
- Only the DSCP 3 mostSignificantBits are taken into consideration in the DSCP to EP
mapping table.
- One or several DSCP values are mapped to one EP.
Scheduling:
The perEP queues are served according the scheduling policy.
The nodeB supports different scheduling algorithm: PQ, WRR, per default the PQ is enable.
3.6.3.5 TRAFFICSHAPING
- The nativeIP and hybrib nodeB populated with xCCM+4E1 MDA supports IP trafficShaping for the
userPlane traffic. The TS is not supported for the controlPlane, PTP and oam.
The trafficShaping is performed per EP. The EP egress traffic is shaped based on the parameters:
- ulBandwidth,
- CIR (Commited Information Rate),
- PIR (Peak Information Rate).
- The nativeIP and hybrib nodeB populated with xCCM+GE MDA supports IP trafficShaping for the
userPlane, controlePlane, oam and PTP traffic. The traffic shapping applies at EP level and at
interface level:
The EP egress traffic is shaped based on the parameters:
- ulBandwidth,
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 189/240
100 kb/s
300 kb/s
1000 kb/s
Rule: IubTEG_NodeB_IP_9
EP0 to EP7 CIR must be lower than 100%, minimum CIR value: 5%.
- PIR CIR.
3.6.3.6 EDCHLOCALCONGESTIONCONTROL
The eDchLocalCongestionControl is triggered by perEP queue overflow (queue occupancyRate=100%).
When perEP queue overflow occurs, whatever the EP, the xCEM reduces the hsupa traffic.
The eDchLocalCongestionControl is activated as an option.
Parameter: BtsEquipment: edchLocalCongestionControlActivation.
The eDchLocalCongestion can be activated only if the trafficShaping is enable.
The eDchLocalCongestionControl is supported on nativeIP nodeB and hybrid nodeB both atm and ip
legs.
This mechanism applies to all the EP nevertheless only eDch traffic can be controlled by reducing grants
to UE.
3.6.4
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 190/240
NodeB
NodeB
userPlane
Proprietary
umts
heartBeat
Proprietary
Attach_UDP
Nbap
OAM
UDP
UDP port
port
UDP
UDP port
port
UDP
UDP port
port
SCTP
SCTP Port
Port
TCP
TCP port
port
Telecom
Telecom Host
Host IP@
IP@
TIL,
Telnet
Radius
TCP
TCP port
port UDP
UDP port
port
OAM
OAM Host
Host IP@
IP@
PTP
UDP
UDP port
port
PTP
PTP Host
Host IP@
IP@
FE
FE or
or GE
GE link
link
TEG
Figure 3-80 UDP, TCP and SCTP ports, case of telecom IP@ and PTP IP@
- PTP over UDP: the IETF reserves the port 320 or 319 for the PTP,
- Iub userPlane UDP: the RNC allocates the UDP port for the userPlane from the range:
[49152, 65535],
- UMTS proprietary UDP_Attach: one port is configured from the range: [49152, 65535], see
3.6.6 AttachUdpPortNumber parameter.
- UMTS proprietary heartBeat: one port is configured from the range: [49152, 65535] through
the parameter: RAN IP heartBeatUDPPortNumber. Default value: 65535, range: [49152,
65535]
Rule: IubTEG_NodeB_IP_10
The nodeB must be configured with the Umts_Proprietary_HeartBeat UDP port which
matches with the Umts_Proprietary_HeartBeat UDP port configured on the RNC side.
3.6.5
SYNCHRONISATION
The nativeIP NodeB synchronization may be based on different method:
- IEEE 1588 v2, a.k.a. Precision Time Protocol (PTP),
- Local GPS,
- E1/T1 line timing: PCM is only used to synchronise the nodeB, no telecom traffic transmited
over the PCM.
- Synchronous Ethernet:
The synchronisation method is configured:
BtsEquipment::synchronizationMethodList:
Value: 0- PTP, 2- SynE, 3- dedicatedE1T1, 4- gpsClock, 5- sync2048kHz, 6dedicatedE3T3
The parameter BtsEquipment::synchronizationMethodList is class 3 parameter and
can be modified online from OMCB.
The PTP and syncE values are available only for the nativeIP nodeB.
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 191/240
The GE port works only in syncE Slave mode, as long as no hubbing configured on the nodeB.
Within the NE (nodeB, EthernetSwitches), the clock supporting synchronous Ethernet networks is
called EEC.
The NodeB EEC provides +/- 50 ppb frequency accuracy as long as locked to the PRC traceable clock,
and +/-4,6 ppm frequency accuracy in free running mode.
Two options are specified for EEC:
EEC-Option 1: applies to Synchronous Ethernet equipment designed to interwork with
networks optimized for the 2048 kb/s hierarchy.
EEC-Option 2: applies to Synchronous Ethernet equipment designed to interwork with
networks optimized for the 1544 kb/s hierarchy.
SYNCHRO::eecOption,
Specifies the clock hierarchy to be used for syncE.
Value: 0- 2048kHz, 1- 1544kHz. Default value: 0
Rule: IubTEG_NodeB_syncE_2
All the NE within a synchronization chain must be configured with the same EEC option.
3.6.5.1.1 NETWORKING:
Each network element in SyncE chain recovers clock from an ingress line and supplies to the next nodes
a synchronizing clock that is jitter attenuated and traceable to the ingress one.
Rule: IubTEG_NodeB_syncE_3
The use of syncE requires that all network elements in the synchronization chain between the
PRC and the nodeB support synchE.
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 192/240
Rule: IubTEG_NodeB_syncE_4
The nodeB is not more than 20th SyncE element from PRC.
Each of the 3 GE MDA ports can be connected to either Ethernet, xDSL, Wave backhaul or Satellite
(maximum one hop) with syncE enable as long as the backhaul nodes support synchroEthernet
compliant with ITU (G8261, G8262, G8264).
3.6.5.2 PTP
The PTP (Precision Time Protocol, IEEE1588 v2) provides both Frequency synchronization & Time
synchroniZation. The UMTS retrieves only Frequency synchronization.
The PTP is a layer2/3 synchronization method. It uses either the services from IP (PTP/UDP/IP) or the
services from Ethernet (PTP/Ethernet).
It is not mandatory that all the intermediate nodes be compliant with PTP.
The NodeB recovered clock accuracy is impacted by congestion condition and Packet Delay Variation
introduced by the network (between PRC and NodeB), therefore highest priority must given to the PTP
traffic (3.6.3.4).
Remark: The NodeB recovered clock accuracy is not impacted by Packet Delay.
PTP Requirements on the Iub:
Packet Delay Variation
< 500 s
< 150 s
1 E-01
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 193/240
The nodeB is configured with main and backup PTP timeserver Ethernet@ (see 3.6.2 )
The nodeB is configured with main and backup IP@ (see 3.6.3 )
3.6.6
SIGTRAN/SCTP
The nodeB supports:
- 1 SCTP endPoint,
- 1 single SCTP association,
- Up to 7 UL streams and 7 DL streams on the SCTP association,
- SCTP Path MTU discovery,
- SCTP HeartBeat.
Remark: the nodeB rejects the SCTP_Init message if the amount of requested streams is not equal to 7,
even if the amount of requested streams per association is negotiated between the RNC and the nodeB.
SCTP Port:
The nodeB must be configured with its own SCTP port.
Parameter: btsSctpPortNumber
This value is communicated to the RNC within the Attach_UDP message and used as destination SCTP
port in the SCTP_Init message sent by the RNC.
SCTP Timers
The NodeB SCTP timers are set with the default values:
NodeB SCTP timers and parameters
ackDelay
200 ms
heartbeatInterval
3000 ms
maxPathRtx
retransmissionTimeOutInitial
800 ms
retransmissionTimeOutMax
3200 ms
retransmissionTimeOutMin
800 ms
SCTP HeartBeat:
Both the NodeB and the RNC run the SCTP heartBeat.
- The SCTP HeartBeat is always enabled within the nodeB,
- The SCTP HeartBeat interval is configurable.
Proprietary Attach_UDP:
To handle the proprietary attach_UDP procedure, the nodeB must be configured with:
- The RNC OMU IP@. The OMU IP@ is used as destination IP address in the IP packet with
proprietary Attach_UDP payload.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 194/240
Parameter: AttachRncIpAddress
The nodeB own UDP port for Attach_UDP. The UDP port is used as source UDP port in the IP
packet with proprietary Attach_UDP payload.
Parameter: AttachUdpPortNumber(default=65534)
Rule: IubTEG_IP-nodeB_SCTP_1
The same UDP port value must be configured in both:
- The RNC / IubAttachUdpPortNumber parameter and
- The nodeB / AttachUdpPortNumber parameter.
3.6.7
A value identifying the nodeB on the RNC side. The value of the RNC IubIf ( 5.4.1) is used as
nodeB identifier.
Rule: IubTEG_IP-nodeB_SCTP_2
The parameter AttachNodeBId is set with the IubIf value identifying the nodeB on the RNC
side.
DHCP
The DHCP Server may be used as an option for NodeB OAM IP @ acquisition whatever atm, hybrid or
native IP nodeB. Other nativeIP nodeB IP@ are configured on the nodeB (Telecom, PTP IP@).
Furthermore the DHCP Server provides the nodeB with subnetMak, nodeB TCP port, OAM IP@ & TCP
port related to the OAM flow.
DHCP RelayAgent:
- Case of atm backbone on the Iub interface, the atm RNC plays the role of DHCP relayAgent.
- Case of ip backbone on the Iub, it is preferable that an IP router within the backbone plays the
role of DHCP relayAgent.
VRRP:
When the VRRP feature is activated in the router(s) in front of the nodeB, the DHCP Server
must provide the nodeB with a subnet large enough to include VR primary IP@ and backup
IP@ (s).
Therefore the DHCP Server must be configured with a subnetMask size at least /29 for that
nodeB.
Rule: IubTEG_IP-nodeB_DHCP_1
The subnetMask configured per nodeB in the DHCP Server must be at least /29 if VRRP enable
in the IP Router(s) in front of the nodeB.
3.8
3.8.1
TRANSMISSION:
The NodeB atm supports the following kind of transmission links:
- Supports: E1, T1, J1,
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 195/240
Up to 8 x E1/T1/J1
Ethernet 10/100 baseT for local Maintenance tool.
Not supported:
- Fractional E1/T1/J1 links (drop&Insert),
Atm bandwidth:
Case of E1 on the Iub interface, the micro NodeB atm must be configured with the E1 reserved
bandwidth (timeslot 0 and 16) and then the E1 bandwidth available for the user.
The TimeslotUsage parameter value is a 32 bit length word, in which each bit is a
representation of the E1 frame timeslot. The bits associated to the reserved timeslots are set to
0, whereas the bits associated to the timeslots usable by user are set to 1.
According to the ITU recommendation related to atm over E1, the timeslot 0 and 16 are
reserved., therefore the parameter timeslotUsage is set as following:
Rule: IubTEG_NodeB atm- 01
Case of E1, set timeslotUsage = 7FFF 7FFF
CRC4:
The CRC is activated as an option through the parameter lineFraming = basicFraming /
multiFraming.
If CRC is activated in the Nodeb, take care it is also activated in the adjacent node.
Synchronization:
The synchronization is derived from one active PCM. Each PCM (0 to 7) within an IMA LG
may be selected by configuration as primary synchronization source.
When the PCM used as primary synchronization source is outOfService, the NodeB selects
another still active E1 as primary synchronization source.
If no PCM may be used as primary synchronization source, the NodeB local clock is used as
synchronization source for the radio interface.
3.8.2
ATM:
Atm characteristics supported:
- Scrambling according to ITU, activated as an option,
Command: linePayloadScrambling = According to Standard, means scrambling is
automatically activated if the received cell is scrambled.
AtmConnection and atmConnection Identifier supported:
- Pvc,
- Aal2, aal5,
- Up to 16 aal2 vcc
- Up to 2 Vpi values may be configured on the NodeB Iub interface.
- UNI Vpi range: [0-255], Vci range: [32-65535].
IMA characteristics supported:
- IMA version 1.1, does not support IMA1.0,
- Up to one IMA LG,
- From 1 to 8 E1/T1/J1 within an IMA LG,
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 196/240
Performance management:
- Collecting measurements from the different blocks within the BTS,
- Handling of PM jobs,
- Reporting of results.
Test functions:
- Monitoring status of physical link, IMA, F4/F5 etc,
- Ordering test model transmission,
- loopBack supported.
Qos:
-
UP DS
rtVbr
UP NDS
nrtVBR
CP
rtVbr
CCP
rtVbr
HSDPA
UBR+
OAM
UBR+
TrafficManagement:
The NodeB performs No policing and performs trafficShaping at Vc level.
List of the trafficManagement parameters:
- PCR:
- PCR unit is cells/s,
- The PCR is mandatory for all vcc whatever the SC,
- PCR range = [ 1, 35 000 c/s],
- The PCR value can not exceed the linkRate,
- The maximum PCR value 4528 c/s if the vcc is configured on an E1,
- The maximum PCR value X * 4490 c/s if the vcc is configured on an IMA LG
composed of X E1,
- The maximum PCR value 3622 c/s if the vcc is configured on a T1.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 197/240
SCR:
- SCR unit is cells/s,
- SCR range = [ 1, 35 000 c/s],
- The SCR must be set for the vcc serviceCategory = rtVbr and nrtVbr, unused for other SC.
- 1 SCR PCR.
MBS:
- The MBS must be set for the vcc serviceCategory = rtVbr and nrtVbr,
- MBS 2,
MCR:
- The MCR must be set for the vcc serviceCategory = UBR+, unused for other SC.
- MCR range = [ 1, 35 000 c/s],
- 1 MCR PCR,
3.8.3
If atm oam F4/F5 flow is activated, the linkRate taken into consideration by the CAC
is reduced by the bandwidth reserved for the F4/F5 atm oam vcc.
If IMA is configured, the linkRate taken into consideration by the CAC is reduced by
the IMA overhead. Eg: E1 bandwidth when inserted in IMA = 4490 c/s.
AAL2
Aal2 PathId:
The pathid is coded over 4 bytes, pathid range: [1, 7F FF FF FF]
Rule: IubTEG_ Iub_NodeB atm - 04
The RNC PathId being coded on 2 bytes whereas the NodeB atm pathid is coded on 4 bytes,
the Pathid value must be dictated by the RNC.
Aal2 CPS:
The aal2 CPS Packet payload length is configurable, choice of 45 or 64 bytes length:
Parameter
Meaning
Value
CPS-INFO
45 or 64 bytes
The aal2 CPS Packet payload must be 45 bytes length; CPS-INFO parameter = 45 bytes.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 198/240
3.8.4
SAAL:
List of the NodeB Saal parameters:
Parameter
Default value
Range
[1 10]
MaxCC
MaxPD
25
Timer_POLL
750 milliseconds
Timer_KEEP-ALIVE
2000 milliseconds
Timer_NO-RESPONSE
7000 milliseconds
Timer_IDLE
15000 milliseconds
Timer_CC
1000 milliseconds
The Timer_NO-RESPONSE should be set to at least the sum of Timer_KEEP-ALIVE and the
roundTripDelay:
Timer_NO-RESPONSE > Timer_KEEP-ALIVE + roundTripDelay.
The Timer_IDLE should be set to a considerably larger value than the Timer_KEEP-ALIVE:
Timer_IDLE >> Timer_KEEP-ALIVE
3.8.5
IP:
The NodeB support IPv4.
- DHCP:
The parameter dhcpInUse is set with a Boolean value to indicate if a DHCP server assigns an IP@
to the NodeB.
- inverseARP:
The inverseARP is supported.
- IP Addresses:
Up to two IP Addresses are configured in the NodeB:
- One IP Address identifying the NodeB UMTS OAM Host point of termination of the Iub
OAM IP over atm vcc. This Ip Address is called: ipoaIpAddress.
- One IP Address identifying the NodeB Host point of termination of the
LocalManagementTerminal Ethernet interface. This Ip Address is called: ethPortIpAddress.
Parameters:
ethPortIpAddress:
Range: [0.0.0.0 255. 255. 255. 255];
Default value: 192.168.0.2.
ethPortIPSubnetMask:
Range: [255. 255. 255. 255- 0.0.0.0];
Default value: 255.255.255.0.
IpoaIpAddress:
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 199/240
3.8.6
Oam Vcc:
The Oam Vcc is per default configured with UBR+ and PCR = 150 c/s.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 200/240
UP Vcc:
On the NodeB are configured as many couple of (UP DS, UP NDS) Vcc as amount of E1 in the
IMA LG.
3.9
3.9.1
TRANSMISSION:
3.9.2
Fractional E1.
ATM:
The pico NodeB atm is compliant with R35.
AtmInterface Type:
- Supports UNI interface type.
- Doesnt support GFC (GenericFlowCtrl). The GFC field is filled with 0000.
AtmConnection Type:
- Only PVC is supported.
AtmConnection Identifiers:
- Supports one Vpi per transmission link.
- Up to 2 vpi values on one picoNodeB.
- Two vpi values are supported in case of IMA.
AtmConnection Amount:
- Up to 16 aal2 vcc (TRB, dSRB and cSRB).
- 1 or 2 aal5 vcc:
- If 1 aal5 Vcc is configured, it carries both nbap-c and nbap-d,
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 201/240
If two aal5 Vcc are configured, one carries the nbap-c traffic (CP vcc), the second carries the
nbap-d traffic (CCP vcc),
1 aal5 vcc for UMTS OAM.
IMA:
-
OAM:
- The endToEnd F4 and F5 flows supported according to R[36].
- The endToEnd VP and VC LoopBack supported.
Upon reception of AIS, the picoNodeB returned upstream a RAI (= RDI) according to R[34].
Atm Qos:
- ServiceCategory:
- Cbr, rt and nrtVBR, Ubr and Ubr+ are supported,
- Each SC can be assigned to each kind of vcc,
- CAC:
No CAC implemented in the PicoNodeB,
-
OverBooking:
Not Applicable since any CAC.
TrafficManagement:
- TrafficDescriptor:
The set of trafficDescriptor parameters to configure depends on the atmConnection
serviceCategory:
- Cbr vcc: PCR,
- Vbr vcc: PCR, MBS and SCR,
- UBR vcc: PCR,
- UBR+ vcc: PCR and MCR (Minimum Celle rate)
The PCR is a mandatory parameter for all the serviceCategories.
The PCR range is [0; IMA LG bw].
- TrafficShaping/Policing:
The trafficShaping at Vc level is always activated.
ShapingRate = PCR: whatever the Vcc serviceCategory, the configured PCR, and only this
parameter, is considered as the shapingRate (=GCRA(PCR) from the atmForum121).
The SCR, MBS are not taken into consideration by the trafficShaping.
The Policing is not supported.
3.9.3
AAL2:
Aal2 Qos: Yes
Aal2 Signaling:
- Supports ALCAP according to R[46].
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 202/240
When interworking with ALU RNC, no Alcap protocol is running on the Iub interface, the Alcap
function is provided by an enhanced Nbap-c. See R[310].
Pathid range: the pathid is coded over 4 bytes:
Rule: IubTEG_ Iub_picoNodeB atm 01
The RNC PathId range being smaller that the picoNodeB range, the configured pathids must
satisfied the RNC range.
A2EA: the NodeB must be configured with its own A2EA if Alcap is run on the Iub interface. This is not
the case when interworking with the ALU RNC.
3.9.4
IP:
-
3.9.5
3.10
7670
The 7670 RSP provides a high capacity atm switching for large size atm backbone and all the sdh
hierarchy access rates from stm1/oc3 to stm16/oc48 either clearChannel or channelized nevertheless no
support for pdh link. The 7670 RSP has been specified to fulfil the backbone core services.
The 7670 ESE has been specified to fulfil the backbone edge services, the 7670 supports both pdh and
sdh access up to stm4/oc12, IMA E1/T1.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 203/240
7670 ESE
Product architecture:
Roles:
Synchronisation:
BITS E1/T1
Stratum3
internal (freerun)
Transmission:
interface card:
pdh
ethernet
APS:
4p 10/100 Mb/s
up to oc48/Stm16
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 204/240
7670 ESE
Atm:
vpi.vci range:
atmConnection:
type:
capacity:
Pvc/svc/spvc, pvp/svp/sPvp
up to 768 000 vc / node
up to 32 000 vp / node
8 serviceCategories: cbr, 2 rtVbr, 3 nrtVbr, abr, ubr/ubr+ (mdcr)
PerVc queues
WFQ
vpa (aka: vp endpoint), trafficShaping at vpa level
qos:
trafficManagement:
Signaling:
Pnni
IMA:
OAM:
F4/F5
Aal2:
encoding:
Ethernet:
Vlan:
P-Tagging
Eth over atm:
LAG:
G711
G726 and G726A/B compression & silence encodin
according to IEEE802.1Q
according to IEEE802.1P
according to rfc2684
no
IP:
version:
ThroughPut:
MTU
PPP:
VPN:
Qos:
Classification:
Marking/Remarking:
Policing/shaping
Routing:
ICMP:
ECMP:
DHCP:
MPLS:
supported
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 205/240
4 UMTS RELEASES
4.1
RNC
4.1.1
FP
OUTPUT:
N/U
Iub
Icn
Hairpin
removed sPvc
Iub
Hairpin
PVC
Iub
Hairpin
sPvc
APC 3
Iu/Iur
Iu/Iur
Iu/Iur
Hairpin Hairpin N/U or
Hairpin
sPvc or PVC or
Iu/Iur
PVC Iub
Iub
Iu/Iur Shaped
Shaped
VPC
Shaped Shaped
VPT
VPC
VPT
Iub
Hairpin
PVC
N/U
Iu/IuR
PNNI
SDH14
SDH0
SDH1
SDH2
SDH3
SDH4
SDH5
SDH6
SDH7
SDH8
SDH9
SDH10
SDH11
SDH12
SDH13
12
12
12
12
2402
2402
2402
536
4802
536
536
64
2175
2175
2175
2175
536
200
AtmIf maxVpiBits
AtmIf CA maxVccs
Iu/Iur
Iub PNNI Iub PNNI Hairpin
sPvc
APC 2
Iub
PNNI
APC 1
APC 0
AtmIf CA maxVpcs
200
22
AtmIf CA minAutoSelectedVpi
4095
4095
4095
255
255
255
255
255
255
255
255
255
255
255
4095
AtmIf CA maxAutoSelectedVpi
4095
4095
4095
255
255
255
255
255
255
255
255
255
255
255
4095
AtmIf CA minAutoSelectedVciForVpiZero
13981
13981
13981
1023
1023
1023
1023
1023
4095
8191
8191
8191
8191
1023
487
AtmIf CA maxAutoSelectedVciForVpiZero
16383
16383
16383
1023
1023
1023
1023
1023
4095
8191
8191
8191
8191
1023
1023
511
AtmIf CA maxVpts
22
AtmIf Ca minAutoSelectedVciForNonZeroVpi
63
63
63
63
63
63
511
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
AtmIf Ca maxAutoSelectedVciForNonZeroVpi
63
63
63
63
63
63
511
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
511
16384
16384
16384
1024
1024
1024
1024
1024
4096
8192
8192
8192
8192
1024
1024
200
22
22
64
64
64
64
64
64
512
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
512
16384
16384
16384
1024
13824
1024
12288
1024
4096
8192
8192
8192
8192
1024
12288
2403
2403
2403
537
5203
737
581
87
2176
2176
2176
2176
537
Checks:
1000
28440
>
24900
8000
>
7746
7000
>
6608
6600
>
6529
3300
>
3251
Apc/0
Lp Eng Arc Apc Ov connectionPoolCapacity
Apc/1
Lp Eng Arc Apc Ov connectionPoolCapacity
Apc/2
Lp Eng Arc Apc Ov connectionPoolCapacity
Apc/3
Lp Eng Arc Apc Ov connectionPoolCapacity
UA5-0:
- SS MSA32 is available.
Since UMTS UA4-1 / PCR5-2:
- SparingPanel available,
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 206/240
The MSA32 supports up to 28 E1 or 30 DS1 IMA ports per FP, distributed across the two
Makers (block of ports #0-15 or 16-31) as up to:
- 14 E1 ports in up to 7 IMA groups per Maker, or
- 13 E1 ports in up to 13 IMA groups per Maker.
- 15 DS1 ports in up to 7 IMA groups per Maker, or
- 13 DS1 ports in up to 13 IMA groups per Maker.
Before UA 4-1:
The MSA32 supported up to 22 E1 or 24 DS1 IMA ports per FP, distributed across the
two Makers (block of ports #0-15 or 16-31) as up to:
- 11 E1 ports in up to 5 IMA groups per Maker, or
- 10 E1 ports in up to 10 IMA groups per Maker.
- 12 DS1 ports in up to 6 IMA groups per Maker, or
- 10 DS1 ports in up to 10 IMA groups per Maker.
2pStm1 Electrical Channelized FP is available on RNC-AN for the Passport release PCR52.
UMTS UA 4-0 & 3:
Not available.
UMTS UA4-1:
UMTS UA4-1:
4.1.2
RNC TYPES:
UMTS UA4-1:
RNC 1500 is available.
4.1.3
RNC CAPACITY:
-
UMTS UA 4-2:
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 207/240
4.1.4
UA4 -2:
The Iuxif component is removed and replaced by two components: IubIf and aal2If.
4.1.5
PATHID:
-
UA 6:
4.1.6
4.1.7
Release 4-2:
All Paths from one NodeB are assigned to one single PMC-PC. This modification is linked
the Hsdpa introduction.
The loadBalancing parameter is removed. This parameter was set to weighted on the Iub
interface and determined the way the Iub paths were assigned to the PMC-PC.
UA 5-0:
Enhancement of the AAL2 link CAC in such a way the bandwidth taken into consideration
(ACR) is either
1/ the NodeB per Path bandwidth,
2/ the NodeB per aal2Qos bandwidth:
3/ the total NodeB aal2 bandwidth, per Iubif (Sum of Vcc ECRgcac).
UA4 -1:
Enhancement of the AAL2 link CAC in such a way the bandwidth taken into consideration
(ACR) is either
1/ The NodeB per aal2Qos bandwidth,
2/ The IuxIf bandwidth.
UA4 -0:
The RNC aal2Link CAC consider the per aal2 interface bandwidth when regulating.
The total NodeB aal2 bandwidth = per Iuxif (Sum of Vcc ECRgcac).
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 208/240
One EBR values is set per RAB and per Utran interface (FRS27083).
The following parameters are removed and replaced by new ones inserted in 3:
DlRbSetConf/Qaal2equivalentBitRate /DL EBR/
UlRbSetConf/Qaal2equivalentBitRate /UL EBR/
DlRbSetConf/Qaal2equivalentSSSARSDULength /DL ESL/
UlRbSetConf/Qaal2equivalentSSSARSDULength /UL ESL/
UA 4-1:
One EBR values is set per RAB, it applies to all the Utran interfaces.
Dynamic reserved Bandwidth:
UA4 -1:
Bandwidth reserved by the aal2 Link CAC for an already established call, is updated when
bandwidth update occurred due to always on UMTS feature (see FRS 25647).
The reconfiguration of a user toward another RB occurs when the following mechanisms are
invoked:
- Always On downsizing
- Always On upsizing
- iRM Scheduling downgrading
- iRM Scheduling upgrading
- Downgrading because of iRM pre-emption
4.1.8
AAL2CONGESTIONMANAGEMENT
UA5-1
-
UA 4-2, 5-0:
-
4.1.9
ICN VCC
UA4-1
4.1.10 TMU
-
UA 4 & 3:
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 209/240
11
12
14
# nodeB
80
120
140
140
200
200
200
480
800
960
980
1400
1400
1400
Note:
#TMU in the table indicates the sum of active and Spare TMU.
This corresponds to the maximum NodeB configuration equipped with 6 CEM, which
requires 1 CP + 6 CCP vcc per NodeB.
4.1.11 QOS
-
UA6
The qos mapping table is achieved through thr TransportMap
UA5-1:
The RNC is configured with one Qos information mapping table, which applies to all the Iub and
Iur interface:
TrafficClass
Aal2Qos
RNC serviceCategory
Conversational
0
rtVbr
Streaming
0
rtVbr
Interactive
1
nrtVbr
Background
1
nrtVbr
Hspa
2
- ubr, if hspa path within a shared bandwidthPool,
- nrtVbr, if hspa path within a hspa dedicated bandwidthPool.
4.2
NODEB ATM
4.2.1
CCM RELATED:
UA5-1:
- The NodeB supports the the CCM type: xCCM, iCCM2 and iCCM.
- When populated with xCCM, the nodeB supports up to 2 IMA linkGroups,
- When populated with iCCM or iCCM2, the nodeB supports simultaneously IMA and
multiPcm.
UA 5-0:
The nodeB is populated with the iCCM.
IMA simultaneously with xPcm is not supported.
4.2.2
CEM RELATED:
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 210/240
An algorithm is in charge of assigning the different BBU roles to the CEM BBU
components. Therefore the kind of traffic handle by a CEM can not be predicted in
configuration phase.
UA 4-2:
Each BBU component is configured with one BBU role.
4.2.3
MULTIPCM:
UA5-1:
The xPcm mode is supported. Either all the nodeB E1 are in xPcm mode, or the nodeB is
configured with a mix of n*E1 IMA and p*E1 in xPcm.
Hspa over xPcm is supported.
UA 4-2, UA5-0:
The nodeB multiPCM configuration is no more supported.
4.2.4
IMA:
UA5-1:
Either all the nodeB E1 are inserted within an IMA linkGroup, or the nodeB is configured
with a mix of n*E1 IMA and p*E1 in xPcm.
UA 4-2, UA5-0:
The vcc PCR can be set with a value higher than 4490 cells/s, up to the IMA linkGroup
bandwidth, this value is taken into consideration by the NodeB without correction.
UA 4-0 & 3:
-
The vcc PCR must be set with a value lower than 4490 cells/s.
If a higher PCR value is set, nodeB automatically reduces PCR value to 4490 cell/s.
The CCM card allows configuring only one IMA linkGroup per nodeB.
All the PCM links declared from OMC-B have to be part of the IMA group (to avoid
managing mix configuration: IMA and not IMA).
UA 4-2:
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 211/240
UA 4-1:
NodeB IMA bandwidthReduction defense mechanism is activated by setting the
parameter: IMA DefenseDelay.
The parameter IMA DefenseActivated is no more present.
IMA DefenseDelay parameter is optional.
4.2.5
N E1 XPCM + P E1 IMA:
UA 5-1:
The nodeB supports simultaneously n*E1 in xPCM mode and p*E1 in IMA mode.
Hspa vcc can be configured over single E1 (Hspa over xPcm)
4.2.6
AAL1 CES
4.2.7
UA 5-0:
AAL1 CES SDT NOT available.
QOS
NodeB set of priorityLevel values, case of trafficShaping Not activated:
UA 4-2:
Raison for Modification:
- Introduction of CES,
- Introduction of Hsdpa Vcc,
- MCR taken into account by NodeB.
See 3
SC recommended
for the interface
SC configured in
NodeB
UP DS
rtVBR
UBR
UP NDS
nrtVBR
UBR
CP
rtVBR
UBR
CCP
rtVBR
UBR
PriorityLevel
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 212/240
UBR
OAM
UBR+/MCR
- As long as the MCR is not taken into account in NodeB, the CP and CCP serviceCategory is
changed from UBR+ to UBR, in parallel the UP DS PriorityLevel is changed from 0 to 1 (same
as CP and CCP PL).
- The MCR configured against the OAM Vcc is taken into account by the scheduling.
UA3:
Note: It was assumed that the MCR is taken into account by the NodeB)
VCC
4.2.8
SC recommended
for the interface
SC configured in
NodeB
PriorityLevel
UP DS
rtVBR
UBR
UP NDS
nrtVBR
UBR
CP
rtVBR
UBR+ / MCR
CCP
rtVBR
UBR+ / MCR
OAM
UBR
UBR+/MCR
TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT
UA 4-1 > 3:
MCR configured for UBR+ VCC, is not taken into consideration by NodeB when
trafficShaping is not activated.
AAL2 Vcc can not be configured with UBR+ serviceCategory. Only AAL5 VCC may be
configured with UBR+.
Minimum throughput for full E1 is: 1, 92 kbits/s / 20 = 96 kbits/s for both full
E1 and IMA linkGroup composed of up to 8 E1s. NodeB OAM converts
kbits/s into bits/s using ratio 1000. Therefore minimum throughput is
227cells/s.
Case of E1 Drop&Insert 15/15, the minimal cell rate is 227/2 = 114 cells/s.
Case of T1:
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 213/240
UA 4-1 & 3:
UA3:
TrafficShaping at VC level becomes optional.
When trafficShaping is not activated, case of IMA, the NodeB automatically reduces the
configured PCR value to [PCM LinkRate-IMA overhead] and cut the egress traffic at this
PCR.
Policing:
Policing is not activated.
UA 4:
Ingress traffic is cut at 16 Mb/s (equivalent to 8 E1).
UA 2:
Ingress traffic is cut at 8 Mb/s (equivalent to 4 E1).
4.3
NODEB IP
Native/hybrid nodeB:
UA7-1-1: NativeIP nodeB, hybrid and atm nodeB are supported.
UA7-0: Hybrid and atm nodeB are supported (not native IP nodeB).
GE/Oc3/Stm1 MDA:
UA7-1-2: GE/oc3/Stm1, LAG supported on the nodeB side
Ethernet Vlan:
UA7-1: Vlan supported on the nodeB side
UA6: the nodeB does not support Vlan.
Ethernet Priority tagging:
UA7-1: P-Tag supported on the nodeB side
UA6: the nodeB does not support P-Tag.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 214/240
IP MTU:
UA7-1: MTU is configured
UA6: MTU is not configured.
IP QOS:
UA7-1: the IP packets with proprietary umts heartBeat Response payload are marked
with a configured DSCP value.
UA6: the IP packets with proprietary umts heartBeat Response payload are marked
with the non configurable DE DSCP value.
4.4
MICRO NODEB
UA4-2:
The microNodeB atm is available.
4.5
PICO NODEB
UA4-2-5:
The picoNodeB atm is available.
4.6
PLANE RELATIVE
4.6.1
UA5-0:
The UMTS HSUPA traffic flow is added.
The Hsdpa and Hsupa are carried over different dedicated vcc.
4.6.2
UA4-2:
The UMTS HSDPA traffic flow is added.
Hsdpa is handled on Iub interface, not on Iur interface.
4.6.3
UA4:
On nodeB side, OAM traffic is carried VCC=0/32, set in factory. Change of this VCC
value requires a NodeB reset.
4.6.4
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 215/240
Different TMU-R cards may be in charge of managing on one hand AccessStratum and on
other hand nonAccessStratum signaling relative to a nodeB.
4.6.5
CommonSRB:
UA4:
4 commonSRB are set per UMTS Radio Cell. One more commonSRB is added per UMTS
cell, dedicated to a second FACH, it is called cellFach.
RAB mapping:
UA4:
CSD64 is mapped to UP DS VCC.
4.6.6
UA4:
ALCAP is not implemented. NBAP protocol is enhanced in such a way to assume
ALCAP functions. Therefore NBAP is proprietary.
5 TRANSPORT IDENTIFIERS
Within the TEG, the transport identifiers are provided for the UMTS nodes: NodeB and RNC.
One decision tree is set per kind of bandwidthPool to make easier selection of table within this section:
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 216/240
SharedForAllTrafficTypes
SharedForAllTrafficTypes
Without
Without hspa
hspa Streaming
Streaming
SharedForAllTrafficTypes
SharedForAllTrafficTypes
With
With hspa
hspa Streaming
Streaming
NodeB
NodeB vpi/vci/sc:
vpi/vci/sc:
Table
Table 5-3
5-3
NodeB
NodeB vpi/vci/sc:
vpi/vci/sc:
Table
Table 5-4
5-4
RNC vpi/vci/sc
RNC vpi/vci/sc
Tables:
iubIf
Tables:
iubIf
5-8
[1-200]
5-14
[1-200]
5-9
[201-400]
5-15
[201-400]
5-10
[401-600]
5-16
[401-600]
5-11
[601-800]
5-17
[601-800]
5-12
[801-1200]
5-18
[801-1200]
5-13
[1201-2400]
5-19
[1201-2400]
Iub
Iub pathId:
pathId:
Table
Table 5-27
5-27
Iub
Iub pathId:
pathId:
Table
Table 5-28
5-28
IMA
IMA HP:
HP:
Table
Table 5-34
5-34
IMA
IMA HP:
HP:
Table
Table 5-34
5-34
primaryForTrafficType
primaryForTrafficType
One Qos
Up to 4 qos
?#Qos?
xPcm
?IMA/xPcm?
IMA
NodeB
NodeB vpi/vci/sc:
vpi/vci/sc:
Table
Table 5-5
5-5
NodeB
NodeB vpi/vci/sc:
vpi/vci/sc:
Table
Table 5-6
5-6
NodeB
NodeB vpi/vci/sc:
vpi/vci/sc:
Table
Table 5-7
5-7
RNC
RNC vpi/vci/sc:
vpi/vci/sc:
Table
Table 5-20
5-20
RNC
RNC vpi/vci/sc:
vpi/vci/sc:
Table
Table 5-21
5-21
RNC
RNC vpi/vci/sc:
vpi/vci/sc:
Table
Table 5-22
5-22
Iub
Iub pathId
pathId
Table
Table 5-29
5-29
Iub
Iub pathId
pathId
Table
Table 5-30
5-30
Iub
Iub pathId
pathId
Table
Table 5-30
5-30
IMA
IMA HP:
HP:
Table
Table 5-32
5-32
IMA
IMA HP:
HP:
Table
Table 5-33
5-33
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 217/240
5.1
ATM VCC
On the Iub interface are configured user plane vcc for different qos according to the kind of UMTS traffic
they are assigned to.
The following vcc naming rule applies:
After migration from UA5 to UA6, and in UA6 as long as the hspa streaming is not enabled:
Vcc name
serviceCategory
UMTS flows
qos0 vcc
rtVbr
qos2 vcc
nrtVbr
qos3 vcc
ubr
Hspa I/B
Since the hspa streaming traffic is enabled one more kind of vcc is created:
5.1.1
Vcc name
serviceCategory
UMTS flows
qos0 vcc
cbr
qos1 vcc
rtVbr
qos2 vcc
nrtVbr
R99 I/B
qos3 vcc
ubr or ubr+
Hspa I/B
Yes
No
Add the alcap vcc for up to 200 nodeB:
Alcap vcc, RNC ECRacac = 0
5.1.1.2 UPGRADE
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 218/240
=> sharedForAllTrafficTypes
=> n qos0 rtVbr vcc, TDDS
=> n qos2 nrtVbr vcc, TDNDS
=> 1 or 2 qos3 ubr vcc
=> preferredForTrafficType
=> p qos3 nrtvbr vcc
TransportMap:
- Iub sharedForAllTrafficType bwPool linked to transportMap/1
- Iub preferredForTrafficType bwPool linked to transportMap/2
- IuCS and Iur aal2If linked to transportMap/1
admissionControl:
- qos2bwReservation
- qos1bwReservation
=> qos3bwReservation
=> qos2bwReservation
congestionManagement:
- qosDt 0 0 1 xx 2 yy 3 0 => qosDt 0 0 1 0 2 xx 3 yy
- qosBp 0 0 1 xx 2 yy 3 0 => qosBp 0 0 1 0 2 xx 3 yy
Note:
- Within a preferedForTrafficType bwPool, p qos3 vcc are configured, since the associated NodeB
IMA group is composed of p E1.
Overbooking factor:
Since more vcc configured on the Iub stm1 then more bandwidth reserved through the
trafficDescriptors, the overbooking factor must be re-calculated (atmIf/ ca bwpool 1 x 2 0 3 0 4
0 5 0), e.g.: x=700.
Pnni:
The pnni sPvc configured for the nodeB iubif [1, 200] in the previous release are not impacted
by the UA5 to UA6 migration procedure. After migration, these connections are still switched
on the pnni sPvc hairpins.
Only the pnni sPvc connections created for nodeB IubIf > 200 after migration terminate on the
application without being switched on the pnni sPvc hairpins.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 219/240
UA6
Add Hspa Streaming
qos1 vcc:
Previously existing DS vcc.
sharedForAllTrafficTypes:
- n qos0 rtVbr vcc, TDDS:
- qos0 vcc [vci range 4 bottom values] => qos1 rtVbr vcc tdt=6, TDDS
- qos0 vcc [vci range 3 top values]
=> qos0 cbr vcc tdt=1, TD=0
- n qos2 nrtVbr vcc, TDNDS
- 1 or 2 qos3 ubr/ubr+ vcc
qos0 vcc:
Qos0 vcc is created with
cbr and TD=0.
preferredForTrafficType:
- p qos3 nrtVbr vcc
=> p qos3 vbr/ubr/ubr+ vcc
5.1.2
NODEB INTERFACE
The table below summarizes the maximum number of vcc supported by the NodeB:
Atm User
Oam
Cp
Aal
Aal5
Aal5
Max # vcc
1
1
Ccp
Aal5
Alcap
Aal5
User traffic
Aal2
16
Remarks:
-
The nodeB oam vcc is pre-provisioned in factory with default vpi.vci 0.32.
The nodeB oam vpi.vci, like other I&C parameters, can be modified using WICL or
remote TIL (for nodeB).
Since the nodeB is populated with up to 6 CEM then up to 6 CCP vcc may be configured.
The TEG provides several NodeB vpi.vci tables according to the Iub context:
- The vcc belongs to a RNC SharedForTrafficTypes BwPool or primaryForTrafficType
bwPool.
- Within a sharedForAllTrafficTypes BwPool, the hspa streaming is or is not supported on
the Iub.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 220/240
Within a sharedForAllTrafficTypes bwPool, the Hspa Streaming traffic is supported on the Iub as an
option. If supported then a dedicated to streaming traffic vcc is created. The streaming vcc carries both
hspa and R99 streaming traffic.
Since the hspa streaming traffic is optional then two nodeB vpi.vci addressing plans are suggested:
- one without streaming vcc and
- one with streaming vcc.
AAL
aal2
aal2
aal2
aal5
aal5
aal5
aal5
Qos
0
2
3
na
VPI
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
41
49
48
35
VCI
to
to
+
34
to
33
32
47
55
56
40
nodeB SC
ubr1
ubr2
ubr+3
ubr1
ubr1
ubr1
ubr+3
POC SC
rtVbr
nrtVbr
ubr
rtVbr
rtVbr
rtVbr
ubr
#
7
7
2
1
6
1
1
16
AAL
aal2
aal2
aal2
aal2
aal5
aal5
aal5
aal5
Qos
0
1
2
3
na
VPI
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
VCI
45 to
41 to
49 to
48 +
34
35 to
33
32
47
44
55
56
40
nodeB SC
ubr0
ubr1
ubr2
ubr+3
ubr1
ubr1
ubr1
ubr+3
POC SC
cbr
rtVbr
nrtVbr
ubr
rtVbr
rtVbr
rtVbr
ubr
#
3
4
7
2
1
6
1
1
16
Remarks:
-
The vci 41 to 56 are reserved for the aal2 vcc. These vci values are shared between the
release99 and the hspa vcc. Per default two vci (vci=48, 56) are allocated to the hspa I/B
vcc. If more hspa I/B vcc are required either in the sharedForAllTrafficTypes or the
primaryForTrafficType BwPool then the highest vci from the qos2, qos1 or qos0 vci range
are going to be assigned to the hspa I/B vcc.
The Alcap vcc introduced in UA6 is identified with the vci not used in the previous
release.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 221/240
AAL
aal2
Qos
3
VPI
1
VCI
41 to 56
nodeB SC
ubr3
POC SC #
ubr
16
AAL
Qos
VPI
aal2
aal2
aal2
1
2
3
1
1
1
VCI
42 to
43 to
44 to
nodeB SC
42
43
44
POC SC
ubr x
ubr x
ubr3
#
1
1
1
3
5.1.3
RNC INTERFACE
The vpi on the RNC-POC interface are fixed to 0 in such a way to optimize the RNC 16pOC3/Stm1
resources.
The vci on the RNC-POC interface are indexed by IubIf parameter value; each nodeB being identified
from the RNC side by means of an IubIf value called k in the following tables.
This section doesnt consider the vpi.vci to configure on the pnni Hairpin interface.
Rule description:
- On the classical 16pOC3 FP up to 1200 nodeB may be configured whereas on the 16pOC3
MS3 FP up to 2400 nodeB may be configured.
- On the classical 16pOC3 FP, the specified vpi.vci space allows to configure up to 800 nodeB
if 3 stm1/oc3 allocated to the Iub interface. A fourth stm1/oc3 must be allocated to the Iub
interface if more than 800 nodeB configured. Refer to default RNC port assignment on
5.2.1.2 .
- For the nodeB identified by IubIf [1, 200]: the associated vpi.vci naming rule applies on the
three stm1: 800, 801 and 802. This rule provides backward compatibility with the UA5
vpi.vci naming rule.
- For the nodeB identified by IubIf [201, 400]: the associated vpi.vci naming rule applies only
on the stm1 800,
- For the nodeB identified by IubIf [401, 600]: the associated vpi.vci naming rule applies only
on the stm1 801,
- For the nodeB identified by IubIf [601, 800]: the associated vpi.vci naming rule applies only
on the stm1 802,
- For the nodeB identified by IubIf [801, 1200]: a fourth stm1 from the classical 16pOC3 FP,
is going to be allocated to the Iub (e.g.: port 808), the associated vpi.vci naming rule applies
only on this stm1. The fourth stm1 is going to be assigned to the iub interface, since as soon
as the pnni hairpins are removed and the classical 16pOC3FP attributes set accordingly, see
3.3.11.6..
- For the nodeB identified by IubIf [1201, 2400]: the RNC must be populated with a 16pOC3
MS3 FP to support so many nodeB. The associated vpi.vci naming rule applies to all the
stm1 involved on the Iub.
- One additional vcc is reserved for POC oam. This vcc is used as an option.
- The TEG provides several suggestions for the RNC vpi.vci values according to the contexts:
- SharedForAllTrafficTypes or primaryForTrafficType preference,
- Hspa Streaming traffic supported or not within the SharedForAllTrafficTypes
bwPool.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 222/240
The nodeB spreading on the different RNC Iub stm1/oc3 is realized by assigning to the nodeB an IubIf
value from the different IubIf ranges: [0,200], [201, 400], [401, 600], [601, 800], [800, 1200].
For the nodeB k = [1201, 2400] configured on the RNC populated with the 16pOC3 MS3 FP, the vcc can
be configured on all the Iub port.
AAL
aal2
aal2
aal2
aal5
aal5
aal5
aal5
aal5
Port
VPI
800
&
801
&
802
k = 1 to 200
VCI
34
42
41
50
51
33
+ 24*(k-1)
+ 24*(k-1)
+ 24*(k-1)
+ 24*(k-1)
+ 24*(k-1)
+ 24*(k-1)
to
to
+
40 + 24*(k-1)
48 + 24*(k-1)
49 + 24*(k-1)
to
56 + 24*(k-1)
32
5033 - k
SC
rtVbr
nrtVbr
ubr+ / ubr
rtVbr
rtVbr
ubr
ubr
rtVbr
#
7
7
2
1
6
1
1
1
Table 5-8, RNC vpi.vci, sharedForTrafficTypes, No hspa streaming, IubIf in the range [1, 200]
AAL
aal2
aal2
aal2
aal5
aal5
aal5
aal5
port
VPI
800
5034
5042
5041
5050
5051
5033
5057
+ 25*(k-201)
+ 25*(k-201)
+ 25*(k-201)
+ 25*(k-201)
+ 25*(k-201)
+ 25*(k-201)
+ 25*(k-201)
k = 201 to 400
to
to
+
VCI
5040 + 25*(k-201)
5048 + 25*(k-201)
5049 + 25*(k-201)
to
5056 + 25*(k-201)
SC
rtVbr
nrtVbr
ubr+ / ubr
rtVbr
rtVbr
ubr
rtVbr
#
7
7
2
1
6
1
1
Table 5-9, RNC vpi.vci, sharedForTrafficTypes, No hspa streaming, IubIf in the range [201, 400]
RNC Iub interface, preference sharedForAllTrafficTypes,
VCC type:
qos0
qos2
qos3
CP
CCP
NodeB oam
Alcap
AAL
aal2
aal2
aal2
aal5
aal5
aal5
aal5
port
VPI
801
5034
5042
5041
5050
5051
5033
5057
+ 25*(k-401)
+ 25*(k-401)
+ 25*(k-401)
+ 25*(k-401)
+ 25*(k-401)
+ 25*(k-401)
+ 25*(k-401)
k = 401 to 600
to
to
+
VCI
5040 + 25*(k-401)
5048 + 25*(k-401)
5049 + 25*(k-401)
to
5056 + 25*(k-401)
SC
rtVbr
nrtVbr
ubr+ / ubr
rtVbr
rtVbr
ubr
rtVbr
#
7
7
2
1
6
1
1
Table 5-10, RNC vpi.vci, sharedForTrafficTypes, no hspa streaming, IubIf in the range [401,
600]
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 223/240
AAL
aal2
aal2
aal2
aal5
aal5
aal5
aal5
port
VPI
802
5034
5042
5041
5050
5051
5033
5057
+ 25*(k-601)
+ 25*(k-601)
+ 25*(k-601)
+ 25*(k-601)
+ 25*(k-601)
+ 25*(k-601)
+ 25*(k-601)
k = 601 to 800
to
to
+
VCI
5040 + 25*(k-601)
5048 + 25*(k-601)
5049 + 25*(k-601)
to
5056 + 25*(k-601)
SC
rtVbr
nrtVbr
ubr+ / ubr
rtVbr
rtVbr
ubr
rtVbr
#
7
7
2
1
6
1
1
Table 5-11, RNC vpi.vci, sharedForTrafficTypes, no hspa streaming, IubIf in the range [601,
800]
RNC Iub interface, preference sharedForAllTrafficTypes,
VCC type:
qos0
qos2
qos3
CP
CCP
NodeB oam
Alcap
AAL
aal2
aal2
aal2
aal5
aal5
aal5
aal5
Port
VPI
808
k = 801 to 1200
VCI
34
42
41
50
51
33
57
+ 25*(k-801)
+ 25*(k-801)
+ 25*(k-801)
+ 25*(k-801)
+ 25*(k-801)
+ 25*(k-801)
+ 25*(k-801)
to
to
+
40 + 25*(k-801)
48 + 25*(k-801)
49 + 25*(k-801)
to
56 + 25*(k-801)
SC
rtVbr
nrtVbr
ubr+ / ubr
rtVbr
rtVbr
ubr
rtVbr
#
7
7
2
1
6
1
1
Table 5-12, RNC vpi.vci, sharedForTrafficTypes, no hspa streaming, IubIf in the range [801,
1200]
RNC Iub interface, preference sharedForAllTrafficTypes,
VCC type:
qos0
qos2
qos3
CP
CCP
NodeB oam
Alcap
AAL
aal2
aal2
aal2
aal5
aal5
aal5
aal5
Port
VPI
800
&
801
&
802
16383
16391
16390
16399
16400
16382
16406
k = 1201 to 2400
VCI
+ 25*(k-1201) to 16389 + 25*(k-1201)
+ 25*(k-1201) to 16397 + 25*(k-1201)
+ 25*(k-1201) + 16398 + 25*(k-1201)
+ 25*(k-1201)
+ 25*(k-1201) to 16405 + 25*(k-1201)
+ 25*(k-1201)
+ 25*(k-1201)
SC
rtVbr
nrtVbr
ubr+ / ubr
rtVbr
rtVbr
ubr
rtVbr
#
7
7
2
1
6
1
1
Table 5-13, RNC vpi.vci, sharedForTrafficTypes, no hspa streaming, IubIf in the range [1201,
2400]
AAL
aal2
aal2
aal2
aal2
aal5
aal5
aal5
aal5
aal5
port
VPI
800
&
801
&
802
38
34
42
41
50
51
33
+ 24*(k-1)
+ 24*(k-1)
+ 24*(k-1)
+ 24*(k-1)
+ 24*(k-1)
+ 24*(k-1)
+ 24*(k-1)
VCI
to
to
to
+
40
37
48
49
to
56 + 24*(k-1)
+ 24*(k-1)
+ 24*(k-1)
+ 24*(k-1)
+ 24*(k-1)
32
5033 - k
SC
cbr
rtVbr
nrtVbr
ubr+ / ubr
rtVbr
rtVbr
ubr
ubr
rtVbr
#
3
4
7
2
1
6
1
1
1
25
Table 5-14, RNC vpi.vci, SharedForTrafficTypes, hspa streaming, IubIf in the range [1, 200]
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 224/240
AAL
aal2
aal2
aal2
aal2
aal5
aal5
aal5
aal5
port
VPI
800
5038
5034
5042
5041
5050
5051
5033
5057
+ 25*(k-201)
+ 25*(k-201)
+ 25*(k-201)
+ 25*(k-201)
+ 25*(k-201)
+ 25*(k-201)
+ 25*(k-201)
+ 25*(k-201)
VCI
to
to
to
+
5040
5037
5048
5049
to
5056 + 25*(k-201)
+ 25*(k-201)
+ 25*(k-201)
+ 25*(k-201)
+ 25*(k-201)
SC
cbr
rtVbr
nrtVbr
ubr+ / ubr
rtVbr
rtVbr
ubr
rtVbr
#
3
4
7
2
1
6
1
1
25
Table 5-15, RNC vpi.vci, SharedForTrafficTypes, hspa streaming, IubIf in the range [201, 400]
AAL
aal2
aal2
aal2
aal2
aal5
aal5
aal5
aal5
port
VPI
801
5038
5034
5042
5041
5050
5051
5033
5057
+ 25*(k-401)
+ 25*(k-401)
+ 25*(k-401)
+ 25*(k-401)
+ 25*(k-401)
+ 25*(k-401)
+ 25*(k-401)
+ 25*(k-401)
VCI
to
to
to
+
5040
5037
5048
5049
to
5056 + 25*(k-401)
+ 25*(k-401)
+ 25*(k-401)
+ 25*(k-401)
+ 25*(k-401)
SC
cbr
rtVbr
nrtVbr
ubr+ / ubr
rtVbr
rtVbr
ubr
rtVbr
#
3
4
7
2
1
6
1
1
25
Table 5-16, RNC vpi.vci, SharedForTrafficTypes, hspa streaming, IubIf in the range [401, 600]
AAL
aal2
aal2
aal2
aal2
aal5
aal5
aal5
aal5
port
VPI
802
5038
5034
5042
5041
5050
5051
5033
5057
+25*(k-601)
+25*(k-601)
+25*(k-601)
+25*(k-601)
+25*(k-601)
+25*(k-601)
+25*(k-601)
+25*(k-601)
VCI
to
to
to
+
5040
5037
5048
5049
to
5056 +25*(k-601)
+25*(k-601)
+25*(k-601)
+25*(k-601)
+25*(k-601)
SC
cbr
rtVbr
nrtVbr
ubr+ / ubr
rtVbr
rtVbr
ubr
rtVbr
#
3
4
7
2
1
6
1
1
25
Table 5-17, RNC vpi.vci, SharedForTrafficTypes, hspa streaming, IubIf in the range [601, 800]
AAL
aal2
aal2
aal2
aal2
aal5
aal5
aal5
aal5
port
VPI
808
38
34
42
41
50
51
33
57
+ 25*(k-801)
+ 25*(k-801)
+ 25*(k-801)
+ 25*(k-801)
+ 25*(k-801)
+ 25*(k-801)
+ 25*(k-801)
+ 25*(k-801)
VCI
to
to
to
+
40
37
48
49
to
56 + 25*(k-801)
+ 25*(k-801)
+ 25*(k-801)
+ 25*(k-801)
+ 25*(k-801)
SC
cbr
rtVbr
nrtVbr
ubr+ / ubr
rtVbr
rtVbr
ubr
rtVbr
#
3
4
7
2
1
6
1
1
25
Table 5-18, RNC vpi.vci, SharedForTrafficTypes, hspa streaming, IubIf in the range [801, 1200]
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 225/240
AAL
aal2
aal2
aal2
aal2
aal5
aal5
aal5
aal5
port
VPI
800
&
801
&
802
16387
16383
16391
16390
16399
16400
16382
16406
+ 25*(k-1201)
+ 25*(k-1201)
+ 25*(k-1201)
+ 25*(k-1201)
+ 25*(k-1201)
+ 25*(k-1201)
+ 25*(k-1201)
+ 25*(k-1201)
VCI
to
to
to
+
16389
16386
16397
16398
+ 25*(k-1201)
+ 25*(k-1201)
+ 25*(k-1201)
+ 25*(k-1201)
to 16405 + 25*(k-1201)
SC
cbr
rtVbr
nrtVbr
ubr+ / ubr
rtVbr
rtVbr
ubr
rtVbr
#
3
4
7
2
1
6
1
1
25
Table 5-19, RNC vpi.vci, SharedForTrafficTypes, hspa streaming, IubIf in the range [1201,
2400]
Remarks:
-
Per default, within the SharedForTrafficTypes bwPool, up to two vci are allocated to the
hspa I/B vcc. If more hspa I/B vcc are required either in the sharedForAllTrafficTypes or
the primaryForTrafficType BwPool then the highest vci from the qos2, qos1 or qos0 vci
range are going to be assigned to the hspa I/B vcc.
In such a way to provide backward compatibility with the UA5 release, for each nodeB
identified by IubIf=[1, 200], the Alcap vci and the other nodeB vcc are not contiguous.
When Pnni is configured on the RNC/POC interface, then the RNC/POC atm interface is
NNI, the vpi field is coded on 12 bits; therefore the range of vpi values is: [0, 4095]. The
vpi/vci values are automatically chosen by Passport in a pre-configured range at Pnni sPvc
setup.
SC
#
ubr/ubr+ 16
Remark: One available vci amongst the pool of vci reserved per nodeB.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 226/240
AAL
port
aal2
aal2
aal2
VPI
VCI
SC
rtVbr
nrtVbr
ubr/ubr+
1
1
1
3
AAL
port
aal2
aal2
aal2
VPI
VCI
SC
rtVbr
nrtVbr
ubr/ubr+
4
4
5
13
5.1.4
PNNI
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 227/240
In UA6, the Iub pnni sPvc hairpin is still involved in the pnni iub traffic from the nodeB configured in
the previous release (up to 200 nodeB).
The pnni sPvc from the additional NodeB configured in UA6 dont terminate on the RNC pnni hairpins,
on the contrary the additional pnni sPvc originates (or terminates) on the application (atmMpe, aal2If,
iubIf).
Related to the nodeB already configured in UA5 and using the pnni, userPlane, CP, CCP and oam pnni
sPvc terminate on the pnni hairpins.
5.2
FP ATTRIBUTES
5.2.1
16POC3/STM1 FP ATTRIBUTES
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 228/240
RNC
RNC
16pOC3/Stm1
16pOC3/Stm1 FP
FP
Em
Rec 7
15 Em
Rec
Em 6
Rec
14 Em
Rec
Iur/Iu UNI/NNI
APC 11
APC
Em 5
Rec
13 Em
Rec
N/U
Em 3
Rec
11 Em
Rec
UNI / Pnni
Em 2
Rec
10 Em
Rec
UNI / Pnni
Em 1
Rec
UNI / Pnni
Em 0
Rec
N/U
Iub
POC
POC
APC 22
APC
12 Em
Rec
APC 00
APC
Em 4
Rec
9 Em
Rec
User side
UNI
Iub sPVC Hairpins
Network side
8 Em
Rec
TEG
Figure 5-4 16pOC3 connectivity scheme, without Pnni on the Iu/Iur interface
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 229/240
RNC
RNC
16pOC3/Stm1
16pOC3/Stm1 FP
FP
N/U
User side
User side
Em 6
Rec
14 Em
Rec
Em 5
Rec
APC 33
APC
Network side
15 Em
Rec
APC 11
APC
Em
Rec 7
13 Em
Rec
Em 4
Rec
12 Em
Rec
Em 3
Rec
11 Em
Rec
UNI / Pnni
Em 2
Rec
10 Em
Rec
UNI / Pnni
Em 1
Rec
Iur/Iu Pnni
N/U
User side
Iub
Network side
APC 22
APC
APC 00
APC
POC
POC
UNI / Pnni
Em 0
Rec
9 Em
Rec
UNI
Network side
User side
UNI
Iub sPVC Hairpins
Network side
8 Em
Rec
TEG
Figure 5-5 16pOC3 connectivity scheme, with Pnni on the Iu/Iur interface
Per default three stm1/oc3 are assigned to the Iub interface, in combination with the vpi.vci specified in
5.1, this allows to configure up to 800 nodeB. The configuration of up to 1200 nodeB requires the
allocation of a fourth stm1/oc3 to the Iub.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 230/240
Iub
Iu/Iur
Iu/Iur/Iub
- Iub VPT
Iu/Iur/Iub
Iub VPC
Iu/Iur/Iub
Iu/Iur VPT
sPvc
or
Pvc
sPvc
or
Pvc
sPvc
or
Pvc
- Iu/Iur
sPvc H
- Iu/Iur
sPvc H
- Iu/Iur
sPvc H
- Iu/Iur
sPvc H
(network)
(user)
(network)
(user)
Iu/Iur
Iu/IurVPC
Not
Used
Iub
sPvc
Hairpin
(network)
Iub
Iub
sPvc
sPvc
Hairpin Hairpin
(user) (network)
APC 3
Iub
APC 2
Iub
APC 1
APC 0
Iub
sPvc
Hairpin
(user)
Not
Used
Iu/Iur
Iu/Iur
sPvc
or
Pvc
sPvc
or
Pvc
SDH15
SDH0
SDH1
SDH2
SDH3
SDH4
SDH5
SDH6
SDH7
SDH8
SDH9
SDH10
SDH11
SDH12
SDH13
SDH14
12
12
12
12
12
12
16384
16384
16384
1024
1024
1024
1024
1024
8192
8192
8192
8192
1024
1024
200
22
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
8192
8192
8192
8192
64
512
512
AtmIf CA maxVccs
3401
3401
3401
536
4802
536
536
64
2500
2500
2500
2500
500
500
AtmIf CA maxVpcs
200
22
AtmIf CA maxVpts
200
22
AtmIf CA minAutoSelectedVciForVpiZero
12982
12982
12982
1023
1023
1023
1023
1023
5691
5691
5691
5691
523
523
AtmIf CA maxAutoSelectedVciForVpiZero
16383
16383
16383
1023
1023
1023
1023
1023
8191
8191
8191
8191
1023
1023
AtmIf CA minAutoSelectedVpi
4095
4095
4095
255
255
255
255
255
255
4095
4095
AtmIf CA maxAutoSelectedVpi
4095
4095
4095
255
255
255
255
255
255
4095
4095
AtmIf Ca minAutoSelectedVciForNonZeroVpi
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
32
8191
8191
8191
8191
63
511
511
AtmIf Ca maxAutoSelectedVciForNonZeroVpi
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
63
32
8191
8191
8191
8191
63
511
511
3402
3402
3402
537
5203
737
581
87
2501
2501
2501
2501
501
501
AtmIf CA maxVpiBits
AtmIf ConnMap Ov numVccsForVpiZero
[maxVccs+maxVpcs+2*maxVpts+1
Lp Eng Arc Apc Ov connectionPoolCapacity
10743
6608
7504
3504
1081
28359
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 231/240
5.2.2
The parameters: maxVccs, maxVpcs and maxVpts are set per port according to expected amount of
required connections.
At FP level is checked that the resources reserved at port level are below the FP capacity:
5.3
IP
Within the RNC, each nodeB interface is identified by an ipIf instance.
Suggested ipIf values for up to 2400 nodeB:
ipIf
Interface:
Iub
IuPS
Values
to
2400
na
#
2400
5.4
AAL2
5.4.1
IUBIF / AAL2IF
Between the RNC and the NodeB are configured the aal2 paths.
In the RNC, all the paths terminating in one nodeB are grouped within an aal2If component instance. The
aal2If instance is assigned to one IubIf instance. There is a one to one relationship between an aal2If
instance and an IubIf instance.
IubIf and aal2if instance value range:
iubIf
Interface:
Iub
Iub extension
1
300
Values
to
299
to
2400
#
299
2101
2400
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 232/240
1
600
300
375
350
1225
Values
to
299
to
2700
to
349
to
564
to
374
to
1235
#
299
2101
50
190
25
11
5.4.2
PATHID:
The TEG provides the pathId tables for the contexts:
- sharedForAllTrafficTypes bwPool:
- without hspa Streaming supported on the Iub,
- with hspa Streaming supported on the Iub,
- primaryForTrafficType bwPool.
Remark:
The pathId table for case of sharedForAllTrafficTypes bwPool without hspa streaming may be
also used during the migration between UA5 and UA6 with hspa streaming.
The table below indicates the suggested Pathid values to configure per nodeB according to iubIf value
assigned to NodeB. (The iubIf is noted k in the table).
1/ Case of sharedForAllTrafficTypes bwPool, without hspa streaming supported:
Iub
Path
qos0
qos2
qos3
QOS
PATHID
0
(16*k)
to ((16*k) - 6)
2
((16*k) - 8) to ((16*k) - 14)
3
((16*k) - 15) + ((16*k) - 7)
#
7
7
2
Range
1
43200
Iub
Path
qos0
qos1
qos2
qos3
QOS
PATHID
0
(16*k)
to ((16*k)-2)
1
((16*k) - 3) to ((16*k)-6)
2
((16*k) - 14) to ((16*k) - 8)
3
((16*k) - 15) + ((16*k) - 7)
#
3
4
7
2
Range
1
43194
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 233/240
1 qos
Iub
Path
QOS
Pathid
qos3
16
4/ Case of primaryForTrafficType bwPool, case of qos1, qos2 and qos3 vcc configured:
3 qos
Path
Iub
QOS
Pathid
1
2
3
4
4
5
qos1
qos2
qos3
Table 5-30, PathIds for primaryForTrafficType, case of three kinds of qos vcc
5.5
IMA
5.5.1
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 234/240
E1_ 1
E1_ 2
E1_ 3
E1_ 4
E1_ 5
E1_ 6
E1_ 7
E1_ 8
Vcc
qos3
qos3
qos3
qos3
qos3
qos3
qos3
qos3
HP
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
qos1
qos2
qos3
E1_ 3
E1_ 4
qos1
qos2
qos3
E1_ 5
E1_ 6
E1_ 7
E1_ 8
qos1
qos2
qos3
qos3
qos1
qos2
qos3
HP
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 235/240
NodeB Vcc
CP
CCP
Alcap
OAM
rank
1
1 to 6
1
1
HP
qos0
qos2
qos3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 E1
qos0
qos2
2
2
2
2
2 E1
qos0
qos2
qos0
qos2
qos2
qos2
qos2
3
3
4
4
5
6
7
3
3
4
5
6
7
8
3 E1
1 E1
2 E1
3 E1
4 E1
5 E1
6 E1
7 E1
8 E1
4 E1
5 E1
6 E1
7 E1
8 E1
12 aal2 vcc
NodeB Vcc
CP
CCP
Alcap
OAM
qos0
qos1
qos2
qos3
qos0
qos1
qos2
qos0
qos1
qos2
qos1
qos2
qos2
qos2
qos2
rank
1
1 to 6
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
4
4
5
6
7
HP
0
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
4
5
6
7
8
15 aal2 vcc
5.5.2
5.5.3
TRAFFIC DESCRIPTOR
5.6
TRAFFIC DESCRIPTOR
for
all
VCCs.
The determination of TrafficDescriptor values should be the result of an UMTS Dimensioning study as
long as they are involved in the atm traffic regulation mechanismes.
5.6.1
AAL2 VCC TD
Within the RNC the vcc TD are taken into consideration by the atm Cac, the link Cac and the
congestionManagement. It is not recommended to activate the trafficShaping at vc level.
Within the RNC, as an option the VPC trafficShaping is activated, then the vpc TD is configured.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 236/240
The atmConnection TD values satisfy the atm Cac condition as long as the RNC port overbooking factor
is correctly set:
xPcm
IMA:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
E1
E1
E1
E1
E1
E1
E1
E1
1
2
3
4
4
4
4
4
1
2
3
3
4
5
6
7
1 or 2
1 or 2
1 or 2
1 or 2
1 or 2
1 or 2
1 or 2
1 or 2
1
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
2
3
4
4
4
4
4
1
2
3
3
4
5
6
7
1 or 2
1 or 2
1 or 2
1 or 2
1 or 2
1 or 2
1 or 2
1 or 2
Rule: Iub_TD_
As long as the nodeB IMA is populated with 3 E1, as many qosx vcc are configured as # E1.
With x=[0 and 2] if no hspa streaming supported, x=[0, 1 and 2] if hspa streaming supported.
When a fourth E1 is added, configure one more qos0 vcc if no hspa streaming supported or one more qos1
vcc if hspa streaming supported.
When the fifth, the sixth, the seventh or the eighth E1 is added, configure one more qos2 vcc per added E1.
Vcc trafficDescriptor:
- As long as the nodeB IMA is populated with up to 3 E1 included, the nodeB is configured
with as many qosx vcc as amount of E1 on the nodeB side.
Per definition a set of vcc is composed of (1 qos0 vcc, 1 qos2 vcc) when no hspa streaming or
(1 qos0 vcc, 1 qos1 vcc, 1 qos2 vcc) when hspa streaming.
On the RNC side, the TD for a set of vcc are set in such a way
bandwidth minus bandwidth portion reserved for the signaling.
set
of vcc
ECRgcac = E1
- When adding the fourth E1, one more qos0 vcc is configured if no hspa streaming supported
or one more qos1 vcc is configured if hspa streaming supported.
The TD configured against the added vcc is set in such a way vcc ECRgcac = E1 bandwidth
minus bandwidth portion reserved for the signaling.
- When adding the fifth, the sixth, the seventh or the eighth E1, one more qos2 vcc is
configured per added E1.
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 237/240
The TD configured against the added qos2 vcc is set in such a way qos2vcc ECRgcac = E1
bandwidth minus bandwidth portion reserved for the signaling.
5.6.2
AAL5 VCC TD
On the RNC IMA interface, the Alcap, CP and CCP vcc trafficDescriptors are set in such a way ECR=0.
The ECR=0 is obtained when setting PCR=SCR=MBS=0.
The RNC doesnt allow to configure PCR=SCR=MBS=0 when the TDT = 6 (TrafficDescriptorType).
Therefore:
Rule: Iub_IMA_12
The TDT=1 is set against the Alcap, CP and CCP vcc. Beside the rtVbr serviceCategory is assigned to
the Alcap, CP and CCP vcc.
5.7
PARAMETERS
The aim of this section is to provide a complement of information on some Transport parameters.
5.7.1
tdt
Tx tdp1
Rx tdt1
Tx tdp2
Rx tdt2
Tx tdp3
Rx tdt3
pcr
pcr
Vbr
pcr
pcr
scr
scr
mbs
mbs
Ubr
Ubr+
pcr
pcr
mdcr
mdcr
Cbr
5.7.2
PARAMETER CLASS
Parameters are described in NTP and UPUG documents. Target of this section is to bring some
additional information on some parameters.
Class of parameter:
Class 0: the NE must be restarted to take into account a new parameter value.
Class 2: the parameter can be changed on-line provided that the object (or its parent
object) is locked.
Class 3: the parameter can be changed on-line without impact on the service. The new
value is taken into account either immediately or for new calls only.
Operator : the parameter is configurable from the OMC and seen by the operator
Manufacturer : the parameter is configurable from the OMC and only seen by ALU
engineering teams
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 238/240
6 ABBREVIATIONS
AAL: ATM Adaptation Layer
ACAC: Actual CAC
AESA: ATM End Station Address
A2EA: AAL2 End Address
ALCAP:
Access Link Control Application Part
APS: Automatic Protection Switching
ASP: ATM Service Provider
AU-4: Administrative Unit 4 (149,74 Mb/s), from SDH STM1 [R40]
BER: Bit Error Rate
CAC: Connection Admission Control
CC:
Call Control
CDV: Cell Delay Variation
CDVT: Cell Delay Variation Tolerance
CES: Circuit Emulation Service
CLR : Cell Loss Ratio
CP:
Control Port
CPCH: Common Packet Channel
CCP: Communication Control Port
CID:
Channel IDentifier (aal2)
CRB: CommonRadioBearer
CRC: Cyclic Redundancy Code
DCH: Dedicated CHannel
DchFP: Dedicated Channel Frame Protocol
DS:
Delay Sensitive
DSCH: Downlink Shared Channel
ECR: Equivalent Cell Rate
E-DCH:
Extended Dedicated Channel
EEC: Ethernet Equipment Clock
ESMC: ethernet synchronization message channel
EP:
Emission Priority
FACH: Forward Access Channel
FEBE: Far End Block Errors,
FP:
Functional Processor (Passport definition)
GCAC: Generic CAC
GMM: GPRS Mobility Management
GPS: Global Positioning System
GQM: GenericQueueManager
HSDPA:
High Speed Downlink Packet Access.
HSUPA:
High Speed Uplink Packet Access
LCD: Loss of Cell Delineation
LLC: LogicalLinkControl
MBS: Maximum Burst Size
MPE: MultiProtocolEncapsulation
MSTE : MultiplexSection Terminating Equipment
MUX: Multiplexer
NBAP: NodeB Application Part
NBAP-c:
NBAP common
NBAP-d:
NBAP dedicated
NDS: Non Delay Sensitive
NSAP: Network Service Access Point
NNI: Network to Network Interface
OAM: Operation Administration Maintenance
OEM: Other Equipment Manufacturer
PCH: Paging Channel
PCM: Pulse Code Modulation
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 239/240
END OF DOCUMENT
ALU confidential
UMT/IRC/APP/7149
9.01 / EN
Preliminary
20/09/2010
Page 240/240